TLV 320 Aic 3100

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 134

Product Sample & Technical Tools & Support &

Folder Buy Documents Software Community

TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

TLV320AIC3100 Low-Power Audio Codec With Audio Processing


and Mono Class‑‑D Amplifier
1 Device Overview

1.1
1
Features
• Stereo Audio DAC With 95-dB SNR • Pin Control or Register Control for Digital-Playback
• Mono Audio ADC With 91-dB SNR Volume-Control Settings
• Supports 8-kHz to 192-kHz Separate DAC and • Digital Sine-Wave Generator for Beep
ADC Sample Rates • Integrated PLL Used for Programmable Digital
• Mono Class-D BTL Speaker Driver (2.5 W Into Audio Processor
4 Ω or 1.6 W Into 8 Ω) • I2S, Left-Justified, Right-Justified, DSP, and TDM
• One Differential and Three Single-Ended Inputs Audio Interfaces
With Mixing and Level Control • I2C Control With Register Auto-Increment
• Microphone With Bias, Preamp PGA, and AGC • Full Power-Down Control
• Built-In Digital Audio Processing Blocks (PRB) • Power Supplies:
With User-Programmable Biquad and FIR Filters – Analog: 2.7 V–3.6 V
• Digital Mixing Capability – Digital Core: 1.65 V–1.95 V
• Programmable Digital Audio Processor for Bass – Digital I/O: 1.1 V–3.6 V
Boost/Treble/EQ With up to Five Biquads for – Class-D: 2.7 V–5.5 V (SPKVDD ≥ AVDD)
Record and up to Six Biquads for Playback
• 5-mm × 5-mm 32-QFN Package

1.2 Applications
• Portable Audio Devices • Adaptive Filtering Applications
• Mobile Internet Devices

1.3 Description
The TLV320AIC3100 is a low-power, highly integrated, high-performance codec which provides a stereo audio
DAC, a mono audio ADC, and a mono class-D 4-Ω speaker driver.
The TLV320AIC3100 features a high-performance audio codec with 24-bit stereo playback and monaural record
functionality. The device integrates several analog features, such as a microphone interface, headphone drivers,
and speaker drivers. The TLV320AIC3100 has built-in digital audio processing blocks (PRB) for both the DAC
and ADC paths. The digital audio data format is programmable to work with popular audio standard protocols
(I2S, left/right-justified) in master, slave, DSP, and TDM modes. Bass boost, treble, or EQ can be supported by
the programmable digital signal-processing block. An on-chip PLL provides the high-speed clock needed by the
digital signal-processing block. The volume level can be controlled by either pin control or by register control. The
audio functions are controlled using the I2C serial bus.
The TLV320AIC3100 has a programmable digital sine-wave generator and is available in a 32-pin QFN package.

Device Information(1)
PART NUMBER PACKAGE BODY SIZE (NOM)
TLV320AIC3100 VQFN (32) 5.00 mm × 5.00 mm

(1) For all available packages, see the orderable addendum at the end of the data sheet.

An IMPORTANT NOTICE at the end of this data sheet addresses availability, warranty, changes, use in safety-critical applications,
intellectual property matters and other important disclaimers. PRODUCTION DATA.
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

1.4 Functional Block Diagram


SPKVDD SPKVDD SPKVSS SPKVSS HPVDD HPVSS AVDD AVSS

2 V/2.5 V/AVDD
MICBIAS
P1/R33–R34 De-Pop
7-Bit and Audio Output Stage
VOL/
Vol Soft- Power Management
MICDET ADC Start

Left and Right Volume-


Control Register RC CLK
P0/R116–R117
Class-D Speaker Analog Attenuation
0 dB to –78 dB and Mute GPIO GPIO1
Driver
P1/R42 (0.5-dB Steps / Nonlinear)
SPKP P1/R38
SPKP MIX_L
SPKM
SPKM 6 dB to 24 dB (6-dB Steps)
P1/R32 SDA
I2C
SCL

P1/R30
Class A/B Analog Attenuation
Headphone/Lineout 0 dB to –78 dB and Mute
Driver (0.5-dB Steps / Nonlinear)
P1/R40 P1/R36 MIX_L
HPL
P1/R31 0 dB to 9 dB (1-dB Steps) Note: Normally,
MCLK is PLL input;
P1/R44 P1/R41 P1/R37 MIX_R however, BCLK,
HPR GPIO1, etc., can
also be PLL input.
MIX_R
MIX_L PLL MCLK
MIC1LP

DAC_L ∆-∑
Σ Σ Σ
DAC

MIC1RP Digital Vol DAC


P1/R35 24 dB to Processing P0/R63
Mute Blocks Digital
Audio
DAC_R ∆-∑
Σ Σ Σ Processing
DAC P0/ and
R64–R65 Serial
P0/R71 Interface
Digital Digital Beep DOUT
P0/R72
Vol Ctl Generator WCLK
0 to –63 dB
(1-dB Steps) DIN
P1/R47
0 to 59.5 dB BCLK
MIC1LP P0/R82–R83
(0.5-dB steps) Mono ADC
Σ ∆-∑ Digital Vol ADC
–12..20 dB Processing RESET
ADC
MIC1RP Step = 0.5 dB Blocks
P1/R48
Selectable P0/R86–R93
Gain/Input
Impedance AGC

MIC1LM Σ
OSC
VCOM
Input CM P1/R49
Selectable RC CLK
P1/R50 Gain/Input
Impedance

DVDD DVSS IOVDD IOVSS


B0205-08
Copyright © 2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated

2 Device Overview Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table of Contents
1 Device Overview ......................................... 1 6 Parameter Measurement Information .............. 19
1.1 Features .............................................. 1 7 Detailed Description ................................... 20
1.2 Applications ........................................... 1 7.1 Overview ............................................ 20
1.3 Description ............................................ 1 7.2 Functional Block Diagram ........................... 21
1.4 Functional Block Diagram ............................ 2 7.3 Feature Description ................................. 21
2 Revision History ......................................... 3 7.4 Register Map ........................................ 78
3 Device Comparison ..................................... 5 8 Application and Implementation ................... 120
4 Pin Configuration and Functions ..................... 6 8.1 Application Information ............................ 120
4.1 Pin Attributes ......................................... 6 8.2 Typical Application ................................. 120
5 Specifications ............................................ 8 9 Power Supply Recommendations ................. 123
5.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings .......................... 8 10 Layout ................................................... 124
5.2 ESD Ratings .......................................... 8 10.1 Layout Guidelines .................................. 124
5.3 Recommended Operating Conditions ................ 8 10.2 Layout Example .................................... 124
5.4 Thermal Information .................................. 9 11 Device and Documentation Support .............. 125
5.5 Electrical Characteristics ............................. 9 11.1 Receiving Notification of Documentation Updates. 125
5.6 Power Dissipation Ratings .......................... 11 11.2 Community Resources............................. 125
5.7 I2S, LJF, and RJF Timing in Master Mode .......... 11 11.3 Trademarks ........................................ 125
5.8 I2S, LJF, and RJF Timing in Slave Mode ........... 11 11.4 Electrostatic Discharge Caution ................... 125
5.9 DSP Timing in Master Mode ........................ 11 11.5 Glossary............................................ 125
5.10 DSP Timing in Slave Mode ......................... 12 12 Mechanical Packaging and Orderable
5.11 I2C Interface Timing ................................. 12 Information ............................................. 125
5.12 Typical Characteristics .............................. 15 12.1 Packaging Information ............................. 125

2 Revision History
NOTE: Page numbers for previous revisions may differ from page numbers in the current version.

Changes from Revision B (March 2016) to Revision C Page


• Added Pin 5 (DIN) to the Pin Functions table ..................................................................................... 6

Changes from Revision A (May 2012) to Revision B Page


• Added ESD Ratings table, Feature Description section, Device Functional Modes, Application and
Implementation section, Power Supply Recommendations section, Layout section, Device and Documentation
Support section, and Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable Information section........................................... 1
• Added Power-Supply Sequence section to the Device Initialization section ................................................ 21
• Added the reference to the PGA Gain Versus Input Impedance table in the MICBIAS and Microphone
Preamplifier section ................................................................................................................. 27
• Changed SDIN terminal to DIN in Figure 7-16 .................................................................................. 40
• Changed units from Hz to kHz and updated values to matchTable 7-24 .................................................... 41
• Changed Section 7.3.10.1.2 diagrams for PRB_P2/5/8/10/13/15/18/21/24/25 to reflect that the DRC_HPF filter
cannot be bypassed when the DRC is turned off .............................................................................. 43
• Added sequence for inserting a beep in the middle of an already-playing signal and note text following script in
the Key-Click Functionality With Digital Sine-Wave Generator (PRB_P25) section........................................ 58
• Changed less than value or equal to value from 11 MHz to 110 MHz after Equation 11 in PLL section................ 68
• Added note to Register Map section.............................................................................................. 78
• Changed reset values for Page 0 / Register 3 to be more clear .............................................................. 79
• Changed DOSR note in Page 0 / Register 14 by switching multiple value for Filter Type A and Filter Type C ........ 81
• Changed description in Page 0 / Register 14 to remove parameters for miniDSP ......................................... 81
• Added PRB-modes text the IDAC note in Page 0 / Register 15. Also added Page 0 / Register 15 value note ........ 82
• Added D(3:0) programmed value note to Page 0 / Register 16............................................................... 82
• Changed Page 0 / Register 15 and Page 0 / Register 16 to Reserved ...................................................... 82
• Changed Page 0 / Register 20 description ...................................................................................... 83
• Added PRB modes text to note for Page 0 / Register 20 ...................................................................... 83

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Revision History 3


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

• Changed Page 0 / Register 21 to Reserved ..................................................................................... 83


• Changed Page 0 / Register 22 to Reserved ..................................................................................... 83
• Changed Page 0 / Register 66 description from Left-channel to Right-channel ............................................ 94
• Changed values in Page 0 / Register 69 (0x45): DRC Control 2 ............................................................. 95
• Changed Page 0, Register 70, bit D3-D0 decay rate value for 0000 from DR = 1.5625e–3 to DR = 0.015625 ........ 96
• Switched D1 and D0 descriptions so that D1 is for speaker and D0 is for HP in Page 1 / Register 30 table ......... 103
• Changed Page 1 / Register 40, D1 to reserved ............................................................................... 106
• Changed Page 1 / Register 41, D1 to reserved ............................................................................... 106

Changes from Original (November 2009) to Revision A Page


• Added PGA Gain table to Section 7.3.9.1 ....................................................................................... 27
• Deleted Analog Volume Control ... (for D7 = 0) table; modified Analog Volume Control ... (for D7 = 1) table.......... 61
• Added table note to Analog Volume Control table .............................................................................. 61
• Changed page 0 /register 44 to page 1 / register 44 in Section 7.3.10.12.1 ................................................ 62
• Changed max AOSR values in image from 1023, 1024 to 255 and 256. ................................................... 64
• Added missing equations to the PLL section .................................................................................... 68
• Added Timer section ................................................................................................................ 69
• Changed bits D1–D0 to Reserved in Page 0 / Register 44 .................................................................... 87
• Added table note following Page 0 / Register 64 ............................................................................... 94
• Removed extra character next to LSB in title of Page 0 / Register 75. ...................................................... 97
• Corrected values in Description column of Page 0 / Register 83 ............................................................. 98
• Changed D0 = 1 to Reserved in Page 1 / Register 33 (0x21): HP Output Drivers POP Removal Settings ........... 104
• Added table note following Page 1 / Register 40 .............................................................................. 106
• Added footnote to Page 1 / Register 41 (0x29): HPR Driver ................................................................ 106
• Deleted table note following Page 1 / Register 48 and Page 1 / Register 49 ............................................. 108
• Deleted table note following Page 1 / Register 48 and Page 1 / Register 49 ............................................. 108

4 Revision History Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

3 Device Comparison

Table 3-1. Device Features Comparison


FUNCTION TLV320AIC3100 TLV320AIC3110 TLV320AIC3111 TLV320AIC3120
DACs 2 2 2 1
ADCs 1 1 1 1
Inputs / Outputs 3/3 3/4 3/4 3/2
Resolution (Bits) 16, 20, 24, 32 16, 20, 24, 32 16, 20, 24, 32 16, 20, 24, 32
Control Interface I2C I2C I2C I2C
Digital Audio Interface LJ, RJ, I2S, TDM, DSP LJ, RJ, I2S, TDM, DSP LJ, RJ, I2S, TDM, DSP LJ, RJ, I2S, TDM, DSP
Number of Digital Audio Interfaces 1 1 1 1
Speaker Amplifier Type Mono Differential Stereo Differential Stereo Differential Mono Differential
Class-D Class-D Class-D Class-D
Configurable miniDSP No No Yes Yes
Headphone Driver Yes Yes Yes Yes

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Device Comparison 5


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

4 Pin Configuration and Functions

RHB Package
(Top View)

SPKVDD

SPKVDD
SPKVSS
SPKM

SPKM
DVSS
AVDD
SPKP
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
SPKVSS 25 16 AVSS
SPKP 26 15 MIC1LM
HPL 27 14 MIC1RP
HPVDD 28 13 MIC1LP
HPVSS 29 12 MICBIAS
HPR 30 11 VOL/MICDET
RESET 31 10 SCL
GPIO1 32 9 SDA
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DVDD

DIN
IOVSS

BCLK
MCLK
DOUT

WCLK
IOVDD

P0048-15

4.1 Pin Attributes

Table 4-1. Pin Functions


PIN
I/O DESCRIPTION
NAME NO.
AVDD 17 - Analog power supply
AVSS 16 - Analog ground
BCLK 7 I/O Audio serial bit clock
DIN 5 I Audio serial data input
DOUT 4 O Audio serial data output
DVDD 3 - Digital power – digital core
DVSS 18 - Digital ground
GPIO1 32 I/O General-purpose input/output pin and multifunction pin
HPL 27 O Left-channel headphone/line driver output
HPR 30 O Right-channel headphone/line driver output
HPVDD 28 - Headphone/line driver and PLL power
HPVSS 29 - Headphone/line driver and PLL ground
IOVDD 2 - Interface power
IOVSS 1 - Interface ground
MCLK 8 I External master clock
MICBIAS 12 O Microphone bias voltage
MIC1LM 15 I Microphone and line input routed to M or P input mixer
MIC1LP 13 I Microphone and line input routed to P input mixer and left output mixer
MIC1RP 14 I Microphone and line input routed to P input mixer and left and right output mixer
RESET 31 I Device reset
SCL 10 I/O I2C control bus clock input

6 Pin Configuration and Functions Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 4-1. Pin Functions (continued)


PIN
I/O DESCRIPTION
NAME NO.
SDA 9 I/O I2C control-bus data input
SPKM 19, 23 Class-D speaker driver inverting output
SPKP 22, 26 Class-D speaker driver noninverting output
SPKVDD 21 Class-D speaker driver power supply
SPKVSS 20 Class-D speaker driver power supply ground
SPKVDD 24 Class-D speaker driver power supply
SPKVSS 25 Class-D speaker driver power supply ground
VOL/MICDET 11 I Volume control or microphone, headphone, or headset detection
WCLK 6 I/O Audio serial word clock

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Pin Configuration and Functions 7


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

5 Specifications

5.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings


(1)
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
MIN MAX UNIT
AVDD to AVSS –0.3 3.9 V
DVDD to DVSS –0.3 2.5 V
HPVDD to HPVSS –0.3 3.9 V
SPKVDD to SPKVSS –0.3 6 V
IOVDD to IOVSS –0.3 3.9 V
Digital input voltage IOVSS – 0.3 IOVDD + 0.3 V
Analog input voltage AVSS – 0.3 AVDD + 0.3 V
Operating temperature –40 85 °C
Junction temperature (TJ Max) 105 °C
Storage temperature, Tstg –55 150 °C
(1) Stresses beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings
only, and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under Recommended Operating
Conditions is not implied. Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.

5.2 ESD Ratings


VALUE UNIT
(1)
Electrostatic Human-body model (HBM), per ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-001 ±2000
V(ESD) V
discharge Charged-device model (CDM), per JEDEC specification JESD22-C101 (2) ±1000
(1) JEDEC document JEP155 states that 500-V HBM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process.
(2) JEDEC document JEP157 states that 250-V CDM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process.

5.3 Recommended Operating Conditions


over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
MIN NOM MAX UNIT
(1) (2)
AVDD Referenced to AVSS 2.7 3.3 3.6
DVDD Referenced to DVSS (2) 1.65 1.8 1.95
V
HPVDD Power-supply voltage Referenced to HPVSS (2) 2.7 3.3 3.6
SPKVDD (1) Referenced to SPKVSS (2) 2.7 5.5
IOVDD Referenced to IOVSS (2) 1.1 3.3 3.6
Resistance applied across class-D
Speaker impedance 4 Ω
ouput pins (BTL)
Headphone impedance AC coupled to RL 16 Ω
VI Analog audio full-scale input voltage AVDD = 3.3 V, single-ended 0.707 VRMS
Stereo line output load impedance AC coupled to RL 10 kΩ
(3)
MCLK Master clock frequency IOVDD = 3.3 V 50 MHz
fSCL SCL clock frequency 400 kHz
TA Operating free-air temperature –40 85 °C
(1) To minimize battery-current leakage, the SPKVDD voltage level must not be below the AVDD voltage level.
(2) All grounds on board are tied together, so they must not differ in voltage by more than 0.2-V maximum for any combination of ground
signals. By use of a wide trace or ground plane, ensure a low-impedance connection between HPVSS and DVSS.
(3) The maximum input frequency must be 50 MHz for any digital pin used as a general-purpose clock.

8 Specifications Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

5.4 Thermal Information


TLV320AIC3100
THERMAL METRIC (1) RHB (VQFN) UNIT
32 PINS
Junction-to-ambient thermal
RθJA With thermal pad soldered to board 31.9 °C/W
resistance
RθJC(top) Junction-to-case (top) thermal resistance 22.6 °C/W
RθJB Junction-to-board thermal resistance 6 °C/W
ψJT Junction-to-top characterization parameter 0.2 °C/W
ψJB Junction-to-board characterization parameter 6 °C/W
RθJC(bot) Junction-to-case (bottom) thermal resistance 1.3 °C/W
(1) For more information about traditional and new thermal metrics, see the Semiconductor and IC Package Thermal Metrics application
report.

5.5 Electrical Characteristics


At 25°C, AVDD = HPVDD = IOVDD = 3.3 V, SPKVDD = 3.6 V, DVDD = 1.8 V, fS (audio) = 48 kHz, CODEC_CLKIN = 256 ×
fS, PLL = Off, VOL/MICDET pin disabled (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT
INTERNAL OSCILLATOR-RC_CLK
Oscillator frequency 8.2 MHz
VOLUME CONTROL PIN (ADC); VOL/MICDET pin enabled
VOL/MICDET pin configured as volume control (page 0 / register 116, bit D7 = 1 and 0.5 ×
Input voltage range 0 V
page 0 / register 67, bit D7 = 0) AVDD
Input capacitance 2 pF
Volume control steps 128 Steps
AUDIO ADC
Microphone Input to ADC, 984-Hz Sine-Wave Input, fS = 48 kHz, AGC = OFF
Input signal level (0-dB) MIC with R1 = 20 kΩ (page 1 / register 48 and page 1 / register 49, bits D7-D6) 0.707 VRMS
fS = 48 kHz, 0-dB PGA gain, MIC input ac-shorted to ground; measured as idle-
SNR Signal-to-noise ratio 80 91 dB
channel noise, A-weighted (1) (2)
fS = 48 kHz, 0-dB PGA gain, MIC input 1 kHz at –60-dBFS input applied, referenced
Dynamic range 91 dB
to 0.707-VRMS input, A-weighted (1) (2)
fS = 48 kHz, 0-dB PGA gain, MIC input 1 kHz at –2 dBFS input applied, referenced to
THD+N Total harmonic distortion + noise –85 –70 dB
0.707-VRMS input
fS = 48 kHz, 0-dB PGA gain, MIC input 1 kHz at –2 dBFS input applied, referenced to
THD Total harmonic distortion –91 dB
0.707-VRMS input
Input capacitance MIC input 2 pF
Microphone Bias
Page 1 / register 46, bits D1–D0 = 10 2.25 2.5 2.75
Voltage output V
Page 1 / register 46, bits D1–D0 = 01 2
At 4-mA load current, page 1 / register 46, bits D1–D0 = 10 (MICBIAS = 2.5 V) 5
Voltage regulation mV
At 4-mA load current, page 1 / register 46, bits D1–D0 = 01 (MICBIAS = 2 V) 7
Audio ADC Digital Decimation Filter Characteristics
See Section 7.3.9.4.4 for audio ADC decimation filter characteristics.
DAC HEADPHONE OUTPUT, AC-coupled load = 16 Ω (single-ended), driver gain = 0 dB, parasitic capacitance = 30 pF
Full-scale output voltage (0 dB) Output common-mode setting = 1.65 V 0.707 VRMS
SNR Signal-to-noise ratio Measured as idle-channel noise, A-weighted (1) (2)
80 95 dB
THD Total harmonic distortion 0-dBFS input –85 –65 dB
THD+N Total harmonic distortion + noise 0-dBFS input –82 –60 dB
Mute attenuation 87 dB
PSRR Power-supply rejection ratio (3) Ripple on HPVDD (3.3 V) = 200 mVp-p at 1 kHz –62 dB
RL = 32 Ω, THD+N = –60 dB 20
PO Maximum output power mW
RL = 16 Ω, THD+N = –60 dB 60

(1) Ratio of output level with 1-kHz full-scale sine-wave input, to the output level with the inputs short-circuited, measured A-weighted over a
20-Hz to 20-kHz bandwidth using an audio analyzer.
(2) All performance measurements done with 20-kHz low-pass filter and, where noted, A-weighted filter. Failure to use such a filter may
result in higher THD+N and lower SNR and dynamic range readings than shown in the Electrical Characteristics. The low-pass filter
removes out-of-band noise, which, although not audible, may affect dynamic specification values.
(3) DAC to headphone-out PSRR measurement is calculated as PSRR = 20 × (log(ΔVHPL / ΔVHPVDD)

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Specifications 9


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Electrical Characteristics (continued)


At 25°C, AVDD = HPVDD = IOVDD = 3.3 V, SPKVDD = 3.6 V, DVDD = 1.8 V, fS (audio) = 48 kHz, CODEC_CLKIN = 256 ×
fS, PLL = Off, VOL/MICDET pin disabled (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT
DAC LINEOUT (HP Driver in Lineout Mode)
SNR Signal-to-noise ratio Measured as idle-channel noise, A-weighted 95 dB
THD Total harmonic distortion 0-dBFS input, 0-dB gain –86 dB
THD+N Total harmonic distortion + noise 0-dBFS input, 0-dB gain –83 dB
DAC Digital Interpolation Filter Characteristics
See Section 7.3.10.1.4 for DAC interpolation filter characteristics.
DAC OUTPUT to CLASS-D SPEAKER OUTPUT; Load = 4 Ω (differential), 50 pF
SPKVDD 3.6 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V, DAC input = 0 dBFS, class-D gain =
2.2
6 dB, THD = –16.5 dB
Output voltage VRMS
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V, DAC input = –2 dBFS, class-D
2.1
gain = 6 dB, THD = –20 dB
Output, common-mode SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, DAC input = mute, class-D gain = 6 dB 1.8 V
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, class-D gain = 6 dB, measured as idle-channel
SNR Signal-to-noise ratio 88 dB
noise, A-weighted (with respect to full-scale output value of 2.3 VRMS) (1) (2)
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V, DAC input = –6 dBFS, class-D
THD Total harmonic distortion –65 dB
gain = 6 dB
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8V, DAC input = –6 dBFS, class-D gain
THD+N Total harmonic distortion + noise –63 dB
= 6dB
(4)
PSRR Power-supply rejection ratio SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, ripple on SPKVDD = 200 mVp-p at 1 kHz –44 dB
Mute attenuation 110 dB
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V, class-D gain = 18 dB, THD = 10% 1 W
PO Maximum output power SPKVDD = 4.3 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V, class-D gain = 18 dB, THD = 10% 1.5 W
SPKVDD = 5.5 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V, class-D gain = 18 dB, THD = 10% 2.5 W
DAC OUTPUT to CLASS-D SPEAKER OUTPUT; Load = 8 Ω (differential), 50 pF
SPKVDD 3.6 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V, DAC input = 0 dBFS, class-D gain =
2.2 VRMS
6 dB, THD = –16.5 dB
Output voltage
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V, DAC input = –2 dBFS, class-D
2.1 VRMS
gain = 6 dB, THD = –20 dB
Output, common-mode SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, DAC input = mute, class-D gain = 6 dB 1.8 V
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, class-D gain = 6 dB, measured as idle-channel
SNR Signal-to-noise ratio 89 dB
noise, A-weighted (with respect to full-scale output value of 2.3 VRMS)
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V, DAC input = –6 dBFS, class-D
THD Total harmonic distortion –67 dB
gain = 6 dB
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V, DAC input = –6 dBFS, class-D
THD+N Total harmonic distortion + noise –66 dB
gain = 6dB
PSRR Power-supply rejection ratio (4) SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, ripple on SPKVDD = 200 mVp-p at 1 kHz –44 dB
Mute attenuation 110 dB
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V, class-D gain = 18 dB, THD = 10% 0.7
PO Maximum output power SPKVDD = 4.3 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V, class-D gain = 18 dB, THD = 10% 1 W
SPKVDD = 5.5 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V, class-D gain = 18 dB, THD = 10% 1.6
Output-stage leakage current for direct
SPKVDD = 4.3 V, device is powered down (power-up-reset condition) 80 nA
battery connection
DAC POWER CONSUMPTION
DAC power consumption is based on selected processing block, see Section 7.3.8.
DIGITAL INPUT AND OUTPUT
Logic family CMOS
0.7 ×
IIH = 5 µA, IOVDD ≥ 1.6 V
VIH IOVDD
IIH = 5 µA, IOVDD < 1.6 V IOVDD
0.3 ×
IIL = 5 µA, IOVDD ≥ 1.6 V –0.3
VIL IOVDD
Logic Level V
IIL = 5 µA, IOVDD < 1.6 V 0
0.8 ×
VOH IOH = 2 TTL loads
IOVDD
0.1 ×
VOL IOL = 2 TTL loads
IOVDD
Capacitive load 10 pF

(4) DAC to speaker-out PSRR is a differential measurement and is calculated as PSRR = 20 × log(ΔVSPK(P + M) / ΔVSPKVDD).

10 Specifications Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

5.6 Power Dissipation Ratings (1)


This data was taken using 2-oz. (0,071-mm thick) trace and copper pad that is soldered to a JEDEC high-K, standard 4-layer
3-inch × 3-inch (7,62-cm × 7,62-cm) PCB.
Power Rating at 25°C Derating Factor Power Rating at 70°C Power Rating at 85°C
2.3 W 28.57 mW/°C 1W 0.6 W
(1) Maximum power dissipation is TJMAX – TA) / RθJA

5.7 I2S, LJF, and RJF Timing in Master Mode


All specifications at 25°C, DVDD = 1.8 V. Note: All timing specifications are measured at characterization but not tested at
final test. See Figure 5-1.
IOVDD = 1.1 V IOVDD = 3.3 V
PARAMETER UNIT
MIN MAX MIN MAX
td(WS) WCLK delay 45 20 ns
td(DO-WS) WCLK to DOUT delay (for LJF mode only) 45 20 ns
td(DO-BCLK) BCLK to DOUT delay 45 20 ns
ts(DI) DIN setup 8 6 ns
th(DI) DIN hold 8 6 ns
tr Rise time 25 10 ns
tf Fall time 25 10 ns

5.8 I2S, LJF, and RJF Timing in Slave Mode


All specifications at 25°C, DVDD = 1.8 V. Note: All timing specifications are measured at characterization but not tested at
final test. See Figure 5-2.
IOVDD = 1.1 V IOVDD = 3.3 V
PARAMETER UNIT
MIN MAX MIN MAX
tH(BCLK) BCLK high period 35 35 ns
tL(BCLK) BCLK low period 35 35 ns
ts(WS) WCLK setup 8 6 ns
th(WS) WCLK hold 8 6 ns
td(DO-WS) WCLK to DOUT delay (for LJF mode only) 45 20 ns
td(DO-BCLK) BCLK to DOUT delay 45 20 ns
ts(DI) DIN setup 8 6 ns
th(DI) DIN hold 8 6 ns
tr Rise time 4 4 ns
tf Fall time 4 4 ns

5.9 DSP Timing in Master Mode


All specifications at 25°C, DVDD = 1.8 V. Note: All timing specifications are measured at characterization but not tested at
final test. See Figure 5-3.
IOVDD = 1.1 V IOVDD = 3.3 V
PARAMETER UNIT
MIN MAX MIN MAX
td(WS) WCLK delay 45 20 ns
td(DO-BCLK) BCLK to DOUT delay 45 20 ns
ts(DI) DIN setup 8 8 ns
th(DI) DIN hold 8 8 ns
tr Rise time 25 10 ns
tf Fall time 25 10 ns

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Specifications 11


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

5.10 DSP Timing in Slave Mode


All specifications at 25°C, DVDD = 1.8 V. Note: All timing specifications are measured at characterization but not tested at
final test. See Figure 5-4.
IOVDD = 1.1 V IOVDD = 3.3 V
PARAMETER UNIT
MIN MAX MIN MAX
tH(BCLK) BCLK high period 35 35 ns
tL(BCLK) BCLK low period 35 35 ns
ts(WS) WCLK setup 8 8 ns
th(WS) WCLK hold 8 8 ns
td(DO-BCLK) BCLK to DOUT delay 45 20 ns
ts(DI) DIN setup 8 8 ns
th(DI) DIN hold 8 8 ns
tr Rise time 4 4 ns
tf Fall time 4 4 ns

5.11 I2C Interface Timing


All specifications at 25°C, DVDD = 1.8 V. Note: All timing specifications are measured at characterization but not tested at
final test.See Figure 5-5.
Standard Mode Fast Mode
PARAMETER UNIT
MIN TYP MAX MIN TYP MAX
fSCL SCL clock frequency 0 100 0 400 kHz
Hold time (repeated) START condition. After this
tHD;STA 4 0.8 μs
period, the first clock pulse is generated.
tLOW LOW period of the SCL clock 4.7 1.3 μs
tHIGH HIGH period of the SCL clock 4 0.6 μs
tSU;STA Setup time for a repeated START condition 4.7 0.8 μs
2
tHD;DAT Data hold time: for I C bus devices 0 3.45 0 0.9 μs
tSU;DAT Data set-up time 250 100 ns
tr SDA and SCL rise time 1000 20 + 0.1Cb 300 ns
tf SDA and SCL fall time 300 20 + 0.1Cb 300 ns
tSU;STO Set-up time for STOP condition 4 0.8 μs
Bus free time between a STOP and START
tBUF 4.7 1.3 μs
condition
Cb Capacitive load for each bus line 400 400 pF

12 Specifications Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

WCLK

td(WS) tr

BCLK

td(DO-WS) td(DO-BCLK) tf

DOUT

tS(DI) th(DI)

DIN

T0145-08

Figure 5-1. I2S/LJF/RJF Timing in Master Mode

WCLK

th(WS) tr
tH(BCLK) tS(WS)

BCLK

tL(BCLK) td(DO-WS)
td(DO-BCLK) tf

DOUT

tS(DI) th(DI)

DIN

T0145-09

2
Figure 5-2. I S/LJF/RJF Timing in Slave Mode

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Specifications 13


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

WCLK

td(WS) td(WS)
tf

BCLK

td(DO-BCLK) tr

DOUT

tS(DI) th(DI)

DIN

T0146-07

Figure 5-3. DSP Timing in Master Mode

WCLK

tS(WS) tS(WS)

th(WS) th(WS)

tL(BCLK) tf

BCLK

tH(BCLK) td(DO-BCLK) tr

DOUT

tS(DI) th(DI)

DIN

T0146-08

Figure 5-4. DSP Timing in Slave Mode

SDA

tBUF tLOW tHIGH tHD;STA


tr tf

SCL

tHD;STA tSU;DAT tSU;STO


tHD;DAT tSU;STA
STO STA STA STO
T0295-02

2
Figure 5-5. I C Interface Timing Diagram
14 Specifications Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

5.12 Typical Characteristics

5.12.1 Audio ADC Performance

20 20
AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V
0 IOVDD = SPKVDD = 3.3 V 0 IOVDD = SPKVDD = 3.3 V
DVDD = 1.8 V DVDD = 1.8 V
−20 −20

−40 −40

Amplitude − dBFS
Amplitude − dBFS

−60 −60

−80 −80

−100 −100

−120 −120

−140 −140

−160 −160
0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20
f − Frequency − kHz f − Frequency − kHz
G001 G002

Figure 5-6. Amplitude vs Frequency Figure 5-7. Amplitude vs Frequency


FFT – ADC Idle Channel Differential FFT – ADC Single-Ended Input
Added Text for Spacing

20 20
AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V
0 IOVDD = SPKVDD = 3.3 V 0 IOVDD = SPKVDD = 3.3 V
DVDD = 1.8 V DVDD = 1.8 V
−20 −20

−40 −40
Amplitude − dBFS

Amplitude − dBFS

−60 −60

−80 −80

−100 −100

−120 −120

−140 −140

−160 −160
0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20
f − Frequency − kHz f − Frequency − kHz
G003 G004

Figure 5-8. Amplitude vs Frequency Figure 5-9. Amplitude vs Frequency


FFT – ADC Differential Input FFT – ADC Idle Channel, Single-Ended

0 100
AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V
−10 IOVDD = SPKVDD = 3.3 V 95
DVDD = 1.8 V Diff = 10k
−20 90
Diff = 20k
−30 85
Amplitude − dBFS

−40 80 Diff = 40k


SNR − dB

−50 75
SE = 10k
−60 70

−70 65 SE = 20k

−80 60
SE = 40k
−90 55

−100 50
0 50 100 150 200 −10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
f − Frequency − kHz Channel Gain − dB
G005 G006
Figure 5-10. Amplitude vs Frequency Figure 5-11. SNR vs PGA Channel Gain
Frequency Response, Audio ADC Channel

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Specifications 15


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

5.12.2 DAC Performance

0 0
AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V
−20 IOVDD = SPKVDD = 3.3 V −20 IOVDD = SPKVDD = 3.3 V
DVDD = 1.8 V DVDD = 1.8 V
−40 −40

Amplitude − dBFS
Amplitude − dBFS

−60 −60

−80 −80

−100 −100

−120 −120

−140 −140

−160 −160
0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20
f − Frequency − kHz f − Frequency − kHz
G001 G002

Figure 5-12. Amplitude vs Frequency Figure 5-13. Amplitude vs Frequency


FFT - DAC to Line Output FFT - DAC to Headphone Output
TEXT ADDED FOR SPACING TEXT ADDED FOR SPACING

0
THD+N − Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise − dB

HPVDD = 2.7 V
−10
CM = 1.35 V
−20

−30
HPVDD = 3 V
−40 CM = 1.5 V

−50 HPVDD = 3.3 V


CM = 1.65 V
−60 HPVDD = 3.6 V
CM = 1.8 V
−70

−80 IOVDD = 3.3 V


DVDD = 1.8 V
−90 Gain = 9 dB
RL = 16 Ω
−100
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14
PO − Output Power − W
G025

Figure 5-14. Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise vs Output Power


Headphone Output Power

16 Specifications Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

5.12.3 Class-D Speaker Driver Performance

0 0
AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V SPKVDD = 3.3 V
THD+N − Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise − dB

THD+N − Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise − dB


IOVDD = 3.3 V
−10 −10
SPKVDD = 5.5 V
DVDD = 1.8 V
−20 RL = 4 Ω −20

SPKVDD = 3.6 V
Driver Gain
−30 = 24 dB −30
SPKVDD = 4.3 V

Driver Gain SPKVDD = 5.5 V


−40 −40
= 18 dB Driver Gain
= 12 dB AVDD = 3.3 V
−50 −50
HPVDD = 3.3 V
IOVDD = 3.3 V
Driver Gain DVDD = 1.8 V
−60 −60
= 6 dB Driver Gain = 18 dB
RL = 4 Ω
−70 −70
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0
PO − Output Power − W PO − Output Power − W
G010 G011

Figure 5-15. Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise vs Output Power Figure 5-16. Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise vs Output Power
Max Class-D Speaker-Driver Output Power (RL = 4 Ω) Class-D Speaker-Driver Output Power (RL = 4 Ω)

0 0
AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V SPKVDD = 3.3 V
THD+N − Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise − dB

THD+N − Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise − dB


IOVDD = 3.3 V
−10 −10
SPKVDD = 5.5 V
DVDD = 1.8 V
−20 RL = 8 Ω −20
SPKVDD = 3.6 V
Driver Gain
−30 = 18 dB −30
SPKVDD = 4.3 V
Driver Gain SPKVDD = 5.5 V
−40 −40
= 24 dB
Driver Gain
= 12 dB AVDD = 3.3 V
−50 −50
HPVDD = 3.3 V
IOVDD = 3.3 V
−60 Driver Gain −60 DVDD = 1.8 V
= 6 dB Driver Gain = 18 dB
RL = 8 Ω
−70 −70
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
PO − Output Power − W PO − Output Power − W
G012 G013

Figure 5-17. Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise vs Output Power Figure 5-18. Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise vs Output Power
Max Class-D Speaker-Driver Output Power (RL = 8 Ω) Class-D Speaker-Driver Output Power (RL = 8 Ω)

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Specifications 17


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

5.12.4 Analog Bypass Performance


H

0 0
AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V
−20 IOVDD = SPKVDD = 3.3 V −20 IOVDD = SPKVDD = 3.3 V
DVDD = 1.8 V DVDD = 1.8 V
−40 −40
Amplitude − dBFS

Amplitude − dBFS
−60 −60

−80 −80

−100 −100

−120 −120

−140 −140

−160 −160
0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20
f − Frequency − kHz f − Frequency − kHz
G008 G009

Figure 5-19. Amplitude vs Frequency Figure 5-20. Amplitude vs Frequency


FFT - Line-In Bypass to Line Output FFT - Line-In Bypass to Headphone Output

5.12.5 MICBIAS Performance


H
3.5

3.0 Micbias = AVDD (3.3 V)

2.5
Micbias = 2.5 V
V − Voltage − V

2.0
Micbias = 2 V

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0
I − Current − mA
G016

Figure 5-21. Voltage vs Current


MICBIAS

18 Specifications Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

6 Parameter Measurement Information


All parameters are measured according to the conditions described in Section 5.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Parameter Measurement Information 19


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

7 Detailed Description
7.1 Overview
The TLV320AIC3100 device is a highly integrated stereo-audio DAC and monaural ADC for portable
computing, communication, and entertainment applications. A register-based architecture eases
integration with microprocessor-based systems through standard serial-interface buses. This device
supports the two-wire I2C bus interface which provides full register access. All peripheral functions are
controlled through these registers and the onboard state machines.
The TLV320AIC3100 device consists of the following blocks:
• Microphone interfaces (analog and digital)
• Audio codec (mono ADC and stereo DAC)
• AGC and DRC
• Two digital signal-processing blocks (record and playback paths)
• Digital sine-wave generator for beep
• Stereo headphone and lineout amplifier
• Pin-controlled or register-controlled volume level
• Power-down de-pop and power-up soft start
• Analog inputs
• I2C control interface
• Power-down control block
Following a toggle of the RESET pin or a software reset, the device operates in the default mode. The I2C
interface is used to write to the control registers to configure the device.
The I2C address assigned to the TLV320AIC3100 device is 001 1000. This device always operates in an
I2C slave mode. All registers are 8-bit, and all writable registers have read-back capability. The device
auto-increments to support sequential addressing and can be used with the I2C fast mode. When the
device is reset, all appropriate registers are updated by the host processor to configure the device as
needed by the user.

20 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

7.2 Functional Block Diagram


SPKVDD SPKVDD SPKVSS SPKVSS HPVDD HPVSS AVDD AVSS

2 V/2.5 V/AVDD
MICBIAS
P1/R33–R34 De-Pop
7-Bit and Audio Output Stage
VOL/
Vol Soft- Power Management
MICDET ADC Start

Left and Right Volume-


Control Register RC CLK
P0/R116–R117
Class-D Speaker Analog Attenuation
0 dB to –78 dB and Mute GPIO GPIO1
Driver
P1/R42 (0.5-dB Steps / Nonlinear)
SPKP P1/R38
SPKP MIX_L
SPKM
SPKM 6 dB to 24 dB (6-dB Steps)
P1/R32 SDA
I2C
SCL

P1/R30
Class A/B Analog Attenuation
Headphone/Lineout 0 dB to –78 dB and Mute
Driver (0.5-dB Steps / Nonlinear)
P1/R40 P1/R36 MIX_L
HPL
P1/R31 0 dB to 9 dB (1-dB Steps) Note: Normally,
MCLK is PLL input;
P1/R44 P1/R41 P1/R37 MIX_R however, BCLK,
HPR GPIO1, etc., can
also be PLL input.
MIX_R
MIX_L PLL MCLK
MIC1LP

DAC_L ∆-∑
Σ Σ Σ
DAC

MIC1RP Digital Vol DAC


P1/R35 24 dB to Processing P0/R63
Mute Blocks Digital
Audio
DAC_R ∆-∑
Σ Σ Σ Processing
DAC P0/ and
R64–R65 Serial
P0/R71 Interface
Digital Digital Beep DOUT
P0/R72
Vol Ctl Generator WCLK
0 to –63 dB
(1-dB Steps) DIN
P1/R47
0 to 59.5 dB BCLK
MIC1LP P0/R82–R83
(0.5-dB steps) Mono ADC
Σ ∆-∑ Digital Vol ADC
–12..20 dB Processing RESET
ADC
MIC1RP Step = 0.5 dB Blocks
P1/R48
Selectable P0/R86–R93
Gain/Input
Impedance AGC

MIC1LM Σ
OSC
VCOM
Input CM P1/R49
Selectable RC CLK
P1/R50 Gain/Input
Impedance

DVDD DVSS IOVDD IOVSS


B0205-08
Copyright © 2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated

7.3 Feature Description

7.3.1 Power-Supply Sequence


The TLV320AIC3100 requires multiple power supply rails for operation. All the power rails must be
powered up for the device to operate at the fullest potention. The following is the recommended power-up
sequencing for proper operation:

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 21


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

1. Power up SPKVDD
2. Power up IOVDD
3. Power up DVDD shortly after IOVDD
4. Power up AVDD and HPVDD
Although not necessary, if the system requires, during shutdown, remove the power supplies in the
reverse order of the above sequence.

7.3.2 Reset
The TLV320AIC3100 internal logic must be initialized to a known condition for proper device function. To
initialize the device to its default operating condition, the hardware reset pin (RESET) must be pulled low
for at least 10 ns. For this initialization to work, both the IOVDD and DVDD supplies must be powered up.
TI recommends that while the DVDD supply powers up, the RESET pin is pulled low.
The device can also be reset via software reset. Writing a 1 into page 0 / register 1, bit D0 resets the
device.

7.3.3 Device Start-Up Lockout Times


After the TLV320AIC3100 is initialized through hardware reset at power up or software reset, the internal
memories are initialized to default values. This initialization takes place within 1 ms after pulling the
RESET signal high. During this initialization phase, no register-read or register-write operation should be
performed on ADC or DAC coefficient buffers. Also, no block within the codec should be powered up
during the initialization phase.

7.3.4 PLL Start-Up


Whenever the PLL is powered up, a start-up delay of approximately of 10 ms occurs after the power-up
command of the PLL and before the clocks are available to the codec. This delay is to ensure stable
operation of the PLL and clock-divider logic.

7.3.5 Power-Stage Reset


The power-stage-only reset is used to reset the device after an overcurrent latching shutdown has
occurred. Using this reset re-enables the output stage without resetting all of the registers in the device.
Each of the four power stages has its own dedicated reset bit. The headphone power-stage reset is
performed by setting page 1 / register 31, bit D7 for HPL and by setting page 1 / register 31, bit D6 for
HPR. The speaker power-stage reset is performed by setting page 1 / register 32, bit D7 for SPKP and
SPKM.

7.3.6 Software Power Down


By default, all circuit blocks are powered down following a reset condition. Hardware power up of each
circuit block can be controlled by writing to the appropriate control register. This approach allows the
lowest power-supply current for the functionality required. However, when a block is powered down, all of
the register settings are maintained as long as power is still being applied to the device.

7.3.7 Audio Analog I/O


The TLV320AIC3100 has a stereo audio DAC and a monaural ADC. The device supports a wide range of
analog interfaces to support different headsets and analog outputs. The TLV320AIC3100 has features to
interface output drivers (8-Ω, 16-Ω, 32-Ω) and a microphone PGA with AGC control. A special circuit has
also been included in the TLV320AIC3100 to insert a short key-click sound into the stereo audio output.
The key-click sound is used to provide feedback to the user when a particular button is pressed or item is
selected. The specific sound of the keyclick can be adjusted by varying several register bits that control its
frequency, duration, and amplitude (see Section 7.3.10.7).

22 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

7.3.8 Digital Processing Low-Power Modes


The TLV320AIC3100 device can be tuned to minimize power dissipation, to maximize performance, or to
an operating point between the two extremes to best fit the application. The choice of processing blocks,
PRB_P1 to PRB_P25 for stereo playback and PRB_R4 to PRB_R18 for mono recording, also influences
the power consumption. In fact, the numerous processing blocks have been implemented to offer a choice
among configurations having a different balance of power optimization and signal-processing capabilities.

7.3.8.1 ADC, Mono, 48 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.3 V


AOSR = 128, Processing Block = PRB_R4 (Decimation Filter A)
Power consumption = 9.01 mW

Table 7-1. PRB_R4 Alternative Processing Blocks, 9.01 mW


PROCESSING BLOCK FILTER ESTIMATED POWER CHANGE (mW)
PRB_R5 A 0.23
PRB_R6 A 0.22

AOSR = 64, Processing Block = PRB_R11 (Decimation Filter B)


Power consumption = 7.99 mW

Table 7-2. PRB_R11 Alternative Processing Blocks, 7.99 mW


PROCESSING BLOCK FILTER ESTIMATED POWER CHANGE (mW)
PRB_R4 A 0.43
PRB_R5 A 0.67
PRB_R6 A 0.66
PRB_R10 B –0.14
PRB_R12 B 0.04

7.3.8.2 ADC, Mono, 8 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.3 V


AOSR = 128, Processing Block = PRB_R4 (Decimation Filter A)
Power consumption = 6.77 mW

Table 7-3. PRB_R4 Alternative Processing Blocks, 6.77 mW


PROCESSING BLOCK FILTER ESTIMATED POWER CHANGE (mW)
PRB_R5 A 0.03
PRB_R6 A 0.03

AOSR = 64, Processing Block = PRB_R11 (Decimation Filter B)


Power consumption = 6.61 mW

Table 7-4. PRB_R11 Alternative Processing Blocks, 6.61 mW


PROCESSING BLOCK FILTER ESTIMATED POWER CHANGE (mW)
PRB_R4 A 0.07
PRB_R5 A 0.11
PRB_R6 A 0.11
PRB_R10 B –0.02
PRB_R12 B 0.01

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 23


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

7.3.8.3 DAC Playback on Headphones, Stereo, 48 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.3 V,
HPVDD = 3.3 V
DOSR = 128, Processing Block = PRB_P7 (Interpolation Filter B)
Power consumption = 24.28 mW

Table 7-5. PRB_P7 Alternative Processing Blocks, 24.28 mW


PROCESSING BLOCK FILTER ESTIMATED POWER CHANGE (mW)
PRB_P1 A 1.34
PRB_P2 A 2.86
PRB_P3 A 2.11
PRB_P8 B 1.18
PRB_P9 B 0.53
PRB_P10 B 1.89
PRB_P11 B 0.87
PRB_P23 A 1.48
PRB_P24 A 2.89
PRB_P25 A 3.23

DOSR = 64, Processing Block = PRB_P7 (Interpolation Filter B)


Power consumption = 24.5 mW

Table 7-6. PRB_P7 Alternative Processing Blocks, 24.5 mW


PROCESSING BLOCK FILTER ESTIMATED POWER CHANGE (mW)
PRB_P1 A 1.17
PRB_P2 A 2.62
PRB_P3 A 2
PRB_P8 B 0.99
PRB_P9 B 0.5
PRB_P10 B 1.46
PRB_P11 B 0.66
PRB_P23 A 1.43
PRB_P24 A 2.69
PRB_P25 A 2.92

7.3.8.4 DAC Playback on Headphones, Mono, 48 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.3 V,
HPVDD = 3.3 V
DOSR = 128, Processing Block = PRB_P12 (Interpolation Filter B)
Power consumption = 15.4 mW

Table 7-7. PRB_P12 Alternative Processing Blocks, 15.4 mW


PROCESSING BLOCK FILTER ESTIMATED POWER CHANGE (mW)
PRB_P4 A 0.57
PRB_P5 A 1.48
PRB_P6 A 1.08
PRB_P13 B 0.56
PRB_P14 B 0.27
PRB_P15 B 0.89
PRB_P16 B 0.31

24 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

DOSR = 64, Processing Block = PRB_P12 (Interpolation Filter B)


Power consumption = 15.54 mW

Table 7-8. PRB_P12 Alternative Processing Blocks, 15.54 mW


PROCESSING BLOCK FILTER ESTIMATED POWER CHANGE (mW)
PRB_P4 A 0.37
PRB_P5 A 1.23
PRB_P6 A 1.15
PRB_P13 B 0.43
PRB_P14 B 0.13
PRB_P15 B 0.85
PRB_P16 B 0.21

7.3.8.5 DAC Playback on Headphones, Stereo, 8 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.3 V,
HPVDD = 3.3 V
DOSR = 768, Processing Block = PRB_P7 (Interpolation Filter B)
Power consumption = 22.44 mW

Table 7-9. PRB_P7 Alternative Processing Blocks, 22.44 mW


PROCESSING BLOCK FILTER ESTIMATED POWER CHANGE (mW)
PRB_P1 A 0.02
PRB_P2 A 0.31
PRB_P3 A 0.23
PRB_P8 B 0.28
PRB_P9 B –0.03
PRB_P10 B 0.14
PRB_P11 B 0.05
PRB_P23 A 0.29
PRB_P24 A 0.26
PRB_P25 A 0.47

DOSR = 384, Processing Block = PRB_P7 (Interpolation Filter B)


Power consumption = 22.83 mW

Table 7-10. PRB_P7 Alternative Processing Blocks, 22.83 mW


PROCESSING BLOCK FILTER ESTIMATED POWER CHANGE (mW)
PRB_P1 A 0.27
PRB_P2 A 0.4
PRB_P3 A 0.34
PRB_P8 B 0.2
PRB_P9 B 0.08
PRB_P10 B 0.24
PRB_P11 B 0.12
PRB_P23 A 0.23
PRB_P24 A 0.42
PRB_P25 A 0.46

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 25


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

7.3.8.6 DAC Playback on Headphones, Mono, 8 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.3 V,
HPVDD = 3.3 V
DOSR = 768, Processing Block = PRB_P12 (Interpolation Filter B)
Power consumption = 14.49 mW

Table 7-11. PRB_P12 Alternative Processing Blocks, 14.49 mW


PROCESSING BLOCK FILTER ESTIMATED POWER CHANGE (mW)
PRB_P4 A –0.04
PRB_P5 A 0.2
PRB_P6 A –0.01
PRB_P13 B 0.1
PRB_P14 B 0.05
PRB_P15 B –0.03
PRB_P16 B 0.07

DOSR = 384, Processing Block = PRB_P12 (Interpolation Filter B)


Power consumption = 14.42 mW

Table 7-12. PRB_P12 Alternative Processing Blocks, 14.42 mW


PROCESSING BLOCK FILTER ESTIMATED POWER CHANGE (mW)
PRB_P4 A 0.16
PRB_P5 A 0.3
PRB_P6 A 0.2
PRB_P13 B 0.15
PRB_P14 B 0.07
PRB_P15 B 0.18
PRB_P16 B 0.09

7.3.8.7 DAC Playback on Headphones, Stereo, 192 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.3 V,
HPVDD = 3.3 V
DOSR = 32, Processing Block = PRB_P17 (Interpolation Filter C)
Power consumption = 27.05 mW

Table 7-13. PRB_P17 Alternative Processing Blocks, 27.05 mW


PROCESSING BLOCK FILTER ESTIMATED POWER CHANGE (mW)
PRB_P18 C 5.28
PRB_P19 C 1.98

7.3.8.8 DAC Playback on Line Out (10 k-Ω load), Stereo, 48 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3 V,
HPVDD = 3 V
DOSR = 64, Processing Block = PRB_P7 (Interpolation Filter B)
Power consumption = 12.85 mW

26 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

7.3.9 Audio ADC and Analog Inputs

7.3.9.1 MICBIAS and Microphone Preamplifier


The TLV320AIC3100 device includes a microphone bias circuit that sources up to 4 mA of current and is
programmable to a 2-V, 2.5-V, or AVDD level. The level is controlled by writing to page 1 / register 46, bits
D1–D0. Table 7-14 lists this functionality.

Table 7-14. MICBIAS Settings


D1 D0 FUNCTIONALITY
0 0 MICBIAS output is powered down
0 1 MICBIAS output is powered to 2 V
1 0 MICBIAS output is powered to 2.5 V
1 1 MICBIAS output is powered to AVDD

During normal operation, MICBIAS can be set to 2.5 V for better performance. However, based on the
model of the selected microphone, optimal performance can be obtained at another setting and therefore
the performance at a given setting must be verified.
The lowest current consumption occurs when MICBIAS is powered down. The next-lowest current
consumption occurs when MICBIAS is set at AVDD.
Because of the oversampling nature of the audio ADC and the integrated digital-decimation filtering,
requirements for analog anti-aliasing filtering are very relaxed. The TLV320AIC3100 device integrates a
second-order analog anti-aliasing filter with 20-dB attenuation at 1 MHz. This filter, combined with the
digital decimal filter, provides sufficient anti-aliasing filtering without requiring any external components.
The MIC PGA supports analog gain control from 0 dB to 59.5 dB in steps of 0.5 dB. These gain levels are
controlled by writing to page 1 / register 47, bits D6–D0. The PGA gain changes are implemented with
internal soft-stepping. This soft-stepping ensures that volume-control changes occur smoothly with no
audible artifacts. On reset, the MIC PGA gain defaults to a mute condition, with soft-stepping enabled. The
ADC soft-stepping control is enabled or disabled by writing to page 0 / register 81, bits D1–D0. ADC soft-
stepping timing is provided by the internal oscillator and internal divider logic block.
The input feed-forward resistance for the MIC1LP input of the microphone PGA stage has three settings,
10 kΩ, 20 kΩ, and 40 kΩ, which are controlled by writing to page 1 / register 48, bits D7 and D6. The input
feed-forward resistance value selected affects the gain of the microphone PGA. The ADC PGA gain for
the MIC1LP input depends on the setting of page1 / register 48 and page 1 / register 49, bits D7–D6. If
D7–D6 are set to 01, then the ADC PGA has 6 dB more gain with respect to the value programmed using
page 1 / register 47. If D7–D6 are set to 10, then the ADC PGA has the same gain as programmed using
page 1 / register 47. If D7–D6 are set to 11, then the ADC PGA has 6 dB less gain with respect to the
value programmed using page 1 / register 47. The same gain scaling is also valid for the MIC1RP and
MIC1LM input, based on the feed-forward resistance selected using page 1 / register 48, bits D5–D2.
Table 7-15 lists the effective gain applied by the PGA.

Table 7-15. PGA Gain Versus Input Impedance


EFFECTIVE GAIN APPLIED BY PGA
PAGE 1 /
REGISTER 47 SINGLE-ENDED DIFFERENTIAL
D6–D0
RIN = 10 kΩ RIN = 20 kΩ RIN = 40 kΩ RIN = 10 kΩ RIN = 20 kΩ RIN = 40 kΩ
000 0000 6 dB 0 dB –6 dB 12 dB 6 dB 0 dB
000 0001 6.5 dB 0.5 dB –5.5 dB 12.5 dB 6.5 dB 0.5 dB
000 0010 7 dB 1 dB –5 dB 13 dB 7 dB 1 dB
... ... ... ... ... ... ...

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 27


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

The MIC PGA gain is either controlled by an AGC loop or as a fixed gain. See for the various analog input
routings to the MIC PGA that are supported in the single-ended and differential configurations. The AGC is
enabled by writing to page 0 / register 86, bit D7. If the AGC is not enabled, then setting a fixed gain
occurs by writing to page 1 / register 47, bits D6–D0. Because the TLV320AIC3100 device supports soft-
stepping gain changes, a read-only flag on page 0 / register 36, bit D7 is set whenever the gain applied by
PGA equals the desired value set by the gain register. The MIC PGA is enabled by writing to page 1 /
register 47, bit D7. ADC muting occurs by writing to page 0 / register 82, bit D7 and page 1 / register 47,
bit D7. Disabling the MIC PGA sets the gain to 0 dB. Muting the ADC causes the digital output to mute so
that the output value remains fixed. When soft-stepping is enabled, the CODEC_CLKIN signal must stay
active until after the ADC power-down register is written, in order to ensure that soft-stepping to mute has
had time to complete. When the ADC POWER UP flag is no longer set, the CODEC_CLKIN signal can
shut down.

7.3.9.2 Automatic Gain Control (AGC)


The TLV320AIC3100 includes automatic gain control (AGC) for the microphone inputs. AGC can be used
to maintain nominally constant output-signal amplitude when recording speech signals. This circuitry
automatically adjusts the MIC PGA gain as the input signal becomes overly loud or very weak, such as
when a person speaking into a microphone moves closer to or farther from the microphone. The AGC
algorithm has several programmable settings, including target gain, attack and decay time constants,
noise threshold, and maximum PGA applicable, that allow the algorithm to be fine-tuned for any particular
application. The algorithm uses the absolute average of the signal (which is the average of the absolute
value of the signal) as a measure of the nominal amplitude of the output signal. Because the gain can be
changed at the sample interval time, the AGC algorithm operates at the ADC_fS clock rate.
Target level represents the nominal output level at which the AGC attempts to hold the ADC output
signal. The TLV320AIC3100 allows programming of eight different target levels, which can be
programmed from –5.5 dB to –24 dB relative to a full-scale signal. Because the TLV320AIC3100 reacts to
the signal absolute average and not to peak levels, TI recommends that the target level be set with
enough margin to avoid clipping at the occurrence of loud sounds.
An AGC low-pass filter is used to help determine the average level of the input signal. This average level
is compared to the programmed detection levels in the AGC to provide the correct functionality. This low-
pass filter is in the form of a first-order IIR filter. Programming this filter is done by writing to page 4 /
register 2 through page 4 / register 7. Two 8-bit registers are used to form the 16-bit digital coefficient as
shown on the register map. In this way, a total of six registers are programmed to form the three IIR
coefficients.
Attack time determines how quickly the AGC circuitry reduces the PGA gain when the input signal is too
loud. Programming the attack time is done by writing to page 0 / register 89, bits D7–D0.
Decay time determines how quickly the PGA gain is increased when the input signal is too low.
Programming the decay time is done by writing to page 0 / register 90, bits D7–D0.
Noise threshold is a reference level. If the input speech average value falls below the noise threshold,
the AGC considers it as a silence and hence brings down the gain to 0 dB in steps of 0.5 dB every sample
period and sets the noise-threshold flag. The gain stays at 0 dB unless the input speech signal average
rises above the noise-threshold setting. This ensures that noise is not amplified in the absence of speech.
The noise-threshold level in the AGC algorithm is programmable from –30 dB to –90 dB for the
microphone input. When the AGC noise threshold is set to –70 dB, –80 db, or –90 dB, the microphone
input maximum PGA applicable setting must be greater than or equal to 11.5 dB, 21.5 dB, or 31.5 dB,
respectively. This operation includes debounce and hysteresis to prevent the AGC gain from cycling
between high gain and 0 dB when signals are near the noise threshold level. When the noise-threshold
flag is set, the status of the gain applied by the AGC and the saturation flag should be ignored.
Programming the noise debounce is done by writing to page 0 / register 91, bits D4–D0. Programming the
signal debounce is done by writing to page 0 / register 92, bits D3–D0.

28 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Max PGA applicable allows the user to restrict the maximum gain applied by the AGC. This can be used
for limiting PGA gain in situations where environmental noise is greater than the programmed noise
threshold. Microphone input maximum PGA can be programmed from 0 dB to 59.5 dB in steps of 0.5 dB.
Programming the maximum PGA gain allowed by the AGC is done by writing to page 0 / register 88,
bits D6–D0.
See Table 7-16 for various AGC programming options. AGC can be used only if the microphone input is
routed to the ADC channel.

Table 7-16. AGC Settings (1)


CONTROL REGISTER BIT FUNCTION
36 D5 (read-only) AGC saturation flag
39 D3 (read-only) ADC saturation flag
45 D6 (read-only) Signal to level setting of noise threshold
86 D7 AGC enable
86 D6–D4 Target level
87 D7–D6 Hysteresis
87 D5–D1 Noise threshold
88 D6–D0 Maximum PGA applicable
89 D7–D0 Time constants (attack time)
90 D7–D0 Time constants (decay time)
91 D4–D0 Debounce time (noise)
92 D3–D0 Debounce time (signal)
93 D7–D0 (read-only) Gain applied by AGC
(1) All registers shown in this table are located on page 0.

Input
Signal

Output Target
Signal Level

AGC
Gain

Decay Time Attack


Time
W0002-01

Figure 7-1. AGC Characteristics

The AGC settings should be set based on user and system conditions such as microphone selection and
sensitivity, acoustics (plastics) around the microphone which affect the microphone pattern, expected
distance and direction between microphone and sound source, and acoustic background noise.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 29


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

One example of AGC code follows, but actual use of code should be verified based on application usage.
Note that the AGC code should be set up before powering up the ADC.
####################### AGC ENABLE EXAMPLE CODE #####################
## Switch to page 0
w 30 00 00
# Set AGC enable and Target Level = -10 dB
# Target level can be set lower if clipping occurs during speech
# Target level is adjusted considering Max Gain also
w 30 56 A0 # AGC hysteresis=DISABLE, noise threshold = -90dB
# Noise threshold should be set at higher level if noisy background is present in application
w 30 57 FE # AGC maximum gain= 40 dB
# Higher Max gain is a trade off between gaining up a low sensitivity MIC, and the background
# acoustic noise
# Microphone bias voltage (MICBIAS) level can be used to change the Microphone Sensitivity
w 30 58 50
# Attack time=864/Fs w 30 59 68
# Decay time=22016/Fs
w 30 5A A8
# Noise debounce 0 ms
# Noise debounce time can be increased if needed
w 30 5B 00
# Signal debounce 0 ms
# Signal debounce time can be increased if needed
w 30 5C 00
######################## END of AGC SET UP #################################

7.3.9.3 Delta-Sigma ADC


The analog-to-digital converter has a delta-sigma modulator with an oversampling ratio (AOSR) up to 128.
The ADC can support a maximum output rate of 192 kHz.
ADC power up is controlled by writing to page 0 / register 81, bit D7. An ADC power-up condition can be
verified by reading page 0 / register 36, bit D6.

7.3.9.4 ADC Decimation Filtering and Signal Processing


The TLV320AIC3100 ADC channel includes built-in digital decimation filters to process the oversampled
data from the delta-sigma modulator to generate digital data at the Nyquist sampling rate with high
dynamic range. The decimation filter can be chosen from three different types, depending on the required
frequency response, group delay, and sampling rate.

7.3.9.4.1 ADC Processing Blocks


The TLV320AIC3100 offers a range of processing blocks which implement various signal processing
capabilities along with decimation filtering. These processing blocks give users the choice of how much
and what type of signal processing they may use and which decimation filter is applied.
The choices among these processing blocks allow the system designer to balance power conservation
and signal-processing flexibility. Less signal-processing capability reduces the power consumed by the
device. Table 7-17 gives an overview of the available processing blocks of the ADC channel and their
properties. The Resource Class (RC) column gives a relative indication of power consumption.
The signal processing blocks available are:
• First-order IIR
• Scalable number of biquad filters
• Variable-tap FIR filter
• AGC
The processing blocks are tuned for common cases and can achieve high anti-alias filtering or low group
delay in combination with various signal-processing effects such as audio effects and frequency shaping.
The available first-order IIR, biquad, and FIR filters have fully user-programmable coefficients.

30 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-17. ADC Processing Blocks


PROCESSIN DECIMATION 1st-ORDER NUMBER REQUIRED RESOURCE
G BLOCKS CHANNEL FILTER IIR BIQUADS FIR AOSR CLASS
AVAILABLE VALUE
PRB_R4 Mono A Yes 0 No 128, 64 3
PRB_R5 Mono A Yes 5 No 128, 64 4
PRB_R6 Mono A Yes 0 25-tap 128, 64 4
PRB_R10 Mono B Yes 0 No 64 2
PRB_R11 Mono B Yes 3 No 64 2
PRB_R12 Mono B Yes 0 20-tap 64 2
PRB_R16 Mono C Yes 0 No 32 2
PRB_R17 Mono C Yes 5 No 32 2
PRB_R18 Mono C Yes 0 25-tap 32 2

7.3.9.4.2 ADC Processing Blocks – Signal Chain Details

7.3.9.4.2.1 First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter A

From Delta-Sigma st AGC


1 Order Gain To Audio
Modulator or Filter A ´ IIR Compen Interface
Digital Microphone
Sation

AGC

From
Digital Vol. Ctrl

To Analog PGA

Figure 7-2. Signal Chain for PRB_R4

7.3.9.4.2.2 Five Biquads, First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter A

From Delta-Sigma st AGC


Modulator or 1 Order Gain To Audio
Filter A HA HB HC HD HE ´ IIR
Digital Microphone Compen Interface
sation

AGC

From
Digital Vol. Ctrl

To Analog PGA

Figure 7-3. Signal Chain for PRB_R5

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 31


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

7.3.9.4.2.3 25-Tap FIR, First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter A

From Delta-Sigma st
AGC
Modulator or 1 Order Gain To Audio
Filter A 25-Tap FIR ´ IIR
Digital Microphone Compen Interface
sation

AGC

From
Digital Vol. Ctrl

To Analog PGA

Figure 7-4. Signal Chain for PRB_R6

7.3.9.4.2.4 First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter B

AGC
From Delta-Sigma st
1 Order Gain To Audio
Modulator or Filter B ´ IIR
Digital Microphone Compen Interface
sation
To Audio
Interface

AGC

From
Digital Vol. Ctrl

To Analog PGA

Figure 7-5. Signal Chain for PRB_R10

7.3.9.4.2.5 Three Biquads, First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter B

From Delta-Sigma AGC


Modulator or Filter B HA HB HC 1stOrder Gain To Audio
Digital Microphone
´ IIR Compen Interface
sation

AGC

From
Digital Vol. Ctrl
To Analog PGA

Figure 7-6. Signal Chain for PRB_R11

7.3.9.4.2.6 20-Tap FIR, First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter B

From Delta-Sigma st
AGC
1 Order Gain To Audio
Modulator or Filter B 20-Tap FIR ´ IIR Compen Interface
Digital Microphone
sation

AGC

From
Digital Vol. Ctrl

To Analog PGA

Figure 7-7. Signal Chain for PRB_R12

32 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

7.3.9.4.2.7 First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter C

st AGC
From Delta-Sigma
1 Order Gain To Audio
Modulator or Filter C ´ IIR Compen Interface
Digital Microphone
sation

AGC

From
Digital Vol. Ctrl

To Analog PGA

Figure 7-8. Signal Chain for PRB_R16

7.3.9.4.2.8 Five Biquads, First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter C

From Delta-Sigma st AGC


1 Order Gain To Audio
Modulator or Filter C HA HB HC HD HE ´ IIR Compen Interface
Digital Microphone
sation

AGC

From
Digital Vol. Ctrl

To Analog PGA

Figure 7-9. Signal Chain for PRB_R17

7.3.9.4.2.9 25-Tap FIR, First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter C

From Delta-Sigma st
AGC
1 Order Gain To Audio
Modulator or Filter C 25-Tap FIR ´ IIR Compen Interface
Digital Microphone sation

AGC

From
Digital Vol. Ctrl

To Analog PGA

Figure 7-10. Signal Chain for PRB_R18

7.3.9.4.3 User-Programmable Filters


Depending on the selected processing block, different types and orders of digital filtering are available. A
first-order IIR filter is always available, and is useful to filter out possible dc components of the signal
efficiently. Up to five biquad sections or, alternatively, FIR filters of up to 25 taps are available for specific
processing blocks. The coefficients of the available filters are arranged as sequentially indexed
coefficients.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 33


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

The coefficients of these filters are each 16 bits wide, in 2s-complement format, and occupy two
consecutive 8-bit registers in the register space. Specifically, the filter coefficients are in 1.15 (one dot 15)
format with a range from –1.0 (0x8000) to 0.999969482421875 (0x7FFF), as shown in Figure 7-11.
–15
2 Bit

–4
2 Bit Largest Positive Number:
= 0.111111111111111111
–1 = 0.999969482421875 = 1.0 – 1 LSB
2 Bit

Fraction Largest Negative Number:


Point = 1.000010000100001000
= 0x8000 = –1.0 (by definition)
Sign Bit

S...xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

Figure 7-11. 1.15 2s-Complement Coefficient Format

7.3.9.4.3.1 First-Order IIR Section


The transfer function for the first-order IIR filter is given by Equation 1.
N0 + N1z -1
H(z) =
215 - D1z -1 (1)

The frequency response for the first-order IIR section with default coefficients is flat at a gain of 0 dB.

Table 7-18. ADC First-Order IIR Filter Coefficients


FILTER
FILTER ADC COEFFICIENT DEFAULT (RESET) VALUES
COEFFICIENT
N0 Page 4 / register 8 and page 4 / register 9 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
First-order IIR N1 Page 4 / register 10 and page 4 / register 11 0x0000
D1 Page 4 / register 12 and page 4 / register 13 0x0000

7.3.9.4.3.2 Biquad Section


The transfer function of each of the biquad filters is given by Equation 2.
N0 + 2 ´ N1z -1 + N2 z -2
H(z) =
215 - 2 ´ D1z -1 - D2 z -2 (2)

The default values for each biquad section yield an all-pass (flat) frequency response at a gain of 0 dB.

Table 7-19. ADC Biquad Filter Coefficients


FILTER FILTER COEFFICIENT FILTER COEFFICIENT RAM LOCATION DEFAULT (RESET) VALUES
Biquad A N0 Page 4 / register 14 and page 4 / register 15 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
N1 Page 4 / register 16 and page 4 / register 17 0x0000
N2 Page 4 / register 18 and page 4 / register 19 0x0000
D1 Page 4 / register 20 and page 4 / register 21 0x0000
D2 Page 4 / register 22 and page 4 / register 23 0x0000
Biquad B N0 Page 4 / register 24 and page 4 / register 25 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
N1 Page 4 / register 26 and page 4 / register 27 0x0000
N2 Page 4 / register 28 and page 4 / register 29 0x0000
D1 Page 4 / register 30 and page 4 / register 31 0x0000
D2 Page 4 / register 32 and page 4 / register 33 0x0000

34 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-19. ADC Biquad Filter Coefficients (continued)


FILTER FILTER COEFFICIENT FILTER COEFFICIENT RAM LOCATION DEFAULT (RESET) VALUES
Biquad C N0 Page 4 / register 34 and page 4 / register 35 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
N1 Page 4 / register 36 and page 4 / register 37 0x0000
N2 Page 4 / register 38 and page 4 / register 39 0x0000
D1 Page 4 / register 40 and page 4 / register 41 0x0000
D2 Page 4 / register 42 and page 4 / register 43 0x0000
Biquad D N0 Page 4 / register 44 and page 4 / register 45 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
N1 Page 4 / register 46 and page 4 / register 47 0x0000
N2 Page 4 / register 48 and page 4 / register 49 0x0000
D1 Page 4 / register 50 and page 4 / register 51 0x0000
D2 Page 4 / register 52 and page 4 / register 53 0x0000
Biquad E N0 Page 4 / register 54 and page 4 / register 55 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
N1 Page 4 / register 56 and page 4 / register 57 0x0000
N2 Page 4 / register 58 and page 4 / register 59 0x0000
D1 Page 4 / register 60 and page 4 / register 61 0x0000
D2 Page 4 / register 62 and page 4 / register 63 0x0000

7.3.9.4.3.3 FIR Section


Three of the available ADC processing blocks offer FIR filters for signal processing. Processing block
PRB_R12 features a 20-tap FIR filter, whereas the processing blocks PRB_R6 and PRB_R18 each
feature a 25-tap FIR filter.
M
H(z) = å FIRn z-n
n =0
M = 24 for PRB _ R6, PRB _ R18
M = 19 for PRB _ R12 (3)

The coefficients of the FIR filters are 16-bit 2s-complement format (2 bytes each) and correspond to the
ADC coefficient space as listed in Table 7-20. Note that the default (reset) coefficients are not valid for the
FIR filter. When the FIR filter is used, all applicable coefficients must be reprogrammed by the user. To
reprogram the FIR filter coefficients as an all-pass filter, write value 0x00 to page 4 / registers 24, 25, 34,
35, 44, 45, 54, and 55.

Table 7-20. ADC FIR Filter Coefficients


FILTER FILTER COEFFICIENT RAM LOCATION DEFAULT (RESET) VALUES – NOT VALID FOR THE FIR FILTER –
COEFFICIENT MUST BE REPROGRAMMED BY USER
FIR0 Page 4 / register 14 and page 4 / register 15 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
FIR1 Page 4 / register 16 and page 4 / register 17 0x0000
FIR2 Page 4 / register 18 and page 4 / register 19 0x0000
FIR3 Page 4 / register 20 and page 4 / register 21 0x0000
FIR4 Page 4 / register 22 and page 4 / register 23 0x0000
FIR5 Page 4 / register 24 and page 4 / register 25 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
FIR6 Page 4 / register 26 and page 4 / register 27 0x0000
FIR7 Page 4 / register 28 and page 4 / register 29 0x0000
FIR8 Page 4 / register 30 and page 4 / register 31 0x0000
FIR9 Page 4 / register 32 and page 4 / register 33 0x0000
FIR10 Page 4 / register 34 and page 4 / register 35 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
FIR11 Page 4 / register 36 and page 4 / register 37 0x0000
FIR12 Page 4 / register 38 and page 4 / register 39 0x0000

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 35


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-20. ADC FIR Filter Coefficients (continued)


FILTER FILTER COEFFICIENT RAM LOCATION DEFAULT (RESET) VALUES – NOT VALID FOR THE FIR FILTER –
COEFFICIENT MUST BE REPROGRAMMED BY USER
FIR13 Page 4 / register 40 and page 4 / register 41 0x0000
FIR14 Page 4 / register 42 and page 4 / register 43 0x0000
FIR15 Page 4 / register 44 and page 4 / register 45 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
FIR16 Page 4 / register 46 and page 4 / register 47 0x0000
FIR17 Page 4 / register 48 and page 4 / register 49 0x0000
FIR18 Page 4 / register 50 and page 4 / register 51 0x0000
FIR19 Page 4 / registe 52 and page 4 / register 53 0x0000
FIR20 Page 4 / register 54 and page 4 / register 55 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
FIR21 Page 4 / register 56 and page 4 / register 57 0x0000
FIR22 Page 4 / register 58 and page 4 / register 59 0x0000
FIR23 Page 4 / register 60 and page 4 / register 61 0x0000
FIR24 Page 4 / register 62 and page 4 / register 63 0x0000

7.3.9.4.4 ADC Digital Decimation Filter Characteristics


The TLV320AIC3100 offers three different types of decimation filters. The integrated digital decimation
filter removes high-frequency content and downsamples the audio data from an initial sampling rate of
AOSR × fS to the final output sampling rate of fS. The decimation filtering is achieved using a higher-order
CIC filter followed by linear-phase FIR filters. The decimation filter cannot be chosen by itself; it is implicitly
set through the chosen processing block.
The following subsections describe the properties of the available filters A, B, and C.

7.3.9.4.4.1 Decimation Filter A


This filter is intended for use at sampling rates up to 48 kHz. When configuring this filter, the oversampling
ratio of the ADC can either be 128 or 64. For highest performance, the oversampling ratio must be set
to 128.
Filter A can also be used for 96 kHz at an AOSR of 64.

Table 7-21. ADC Decimation-Filter-A Specifications


PARAMETER CONDITION VALUE (TYPICAL) UNIT
AOSR = 128
Filter gain pass band 0…0.39 fS 0.062 dB
Filter gain stop band 0.55…64 fS –73 dB
Filter group delay 17/fS s
Pass-band ripple, 8 ksps 0…0.39 fS 0.062 dB
Pass-band ripple, 44.1 ksps 0…0.39 fS 0.05 dB
Pass-band ripple, 48 ksps 0…0.39 fS 0.05 dB
AOSR = 64
Filter gain pass band 0…0.39 fS 0.062 dB
Filter gain stop band 0.55…32 fS –73 dB
Filter group delay 17/fS s
Pass-band ripple, 8 ksps 0…0.39 fS 0.062 dB
Pass-band ripple, 44.1 ksps 0…0.39 fS 0.05 dB
Pass-band ripple, 48 ksps 0…0.39 fS 0.05 dB
Pass-band ripple, 96 ksps 0…20 kHz 0.1 dB

36 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

ADC Channel Response for Decimation Filter A


(Red Line Corresponds to –73 dB)
0
–10
–20
–30

Magnitude – dB
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
Frequency Normalized to fS

Figure 7-12. ADC Decimation-Filter-A Frequency Response

7.3.9.4.4.2 Decimation Filter B


Filter B is intended to support sampling rates up to 96 kHz at an oversampling ratio of 64.

Table 7-22. ADC Decimation-Filter-B Specifications


PARAMETER CONDITION VALUE (TYPICAL) UNIT
AOSR = 64
Filter gain pass band 0…0.39 fS ±0.077 dB
Filter gain stop band 0.60 fS…32 fS –46 dB
Filter group delay 11/fS s
Pass-band ripple, 8 ksps 0…0.39 fS 0.076 dB
Pass-band ripple, 44.1 ksps 0…0.39 fS 0.06 dB
Pass-band ripple, 48 ksps 0…0.39 fS 0.06 dB
Pass-band ripple, 96 ksps 0…20 kHz 0.11 dB

ADC Channel Response for Decimation Filter A


(Red Line Corresponds to –44 dB)
0
–10

–20
Magnitude – dB

–30
–40
–50
–60

–70
–80
–90
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
Frequency Normalized to fS

Figure 7-13. ADC Decimation-Filter-B Frequency Response

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 37


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

7.3.9.4.4.3 Decimation Filter C


Filter C along with an AOSR of 32 is specially designed for 192-ksps operation for the ADC. The pass
band, which extends up to 0.11 × fS (corresponding to 21 kHz), is suited for audio applications.

Table 7-23. ADC Decimation-Filter-C Specifications


PARAMETER CONDITION VALUE (TYPICAL) UNIT
Filter gain from 0 to 0.11 fS 0…0.11 fS ±0.033 dB
Filter gain from 0.28 fS to 16 fS 0.28 fS…16 fS –60 dB
Filter group delay 11/fS s
Pass-band ripple, 8 ksps 0…0.11 fS 0.033 dB
Pass-band ripple, 44.1 ksps 0…0.11 fS 0.033 dB
Pass-band ripple, 48 ksps 0…0.11 fS 0.032 dB
Pass-band ripple, 96 ksps 0…0.11 fS 0.032 dB
Pass-band ripple, 192 ksps 0…20 kHz 0.086 dB

ADC Channel Response for Decimation Filter C


(Red Line Corresponds to –60 dB)
0

–20
Magnitude – dB

–40

–60

–80

–100

–120

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2


Frequency Normalized to fS

Figure 7-14. ADC Decimation-Filter-C Frequency Response

7.3.9.4.5 ADC Data Interface


The decimation filter and signal processing block in the ADC channel pass 32-bit data words to the audio
serial interface once every cycle of ADC_fS. During each cycle of ADC_fS, a pair of data words (for left
and right channel) is passed. The audio serial interface rounds the data to the required word length of the
interface before converting to serial data. Because the TLV320AIC3100 has only a mono ADC, it passes
the same data to both the left and right channels of the audio serial interface.

7.3.9.5 Updating ADC Digital Filter Coefficients During Record


When it is required to update the ADC digital filter coefficients during record, care must be taken to avoid
click and pop noise or even a possible oscillation noise. These artifacts can occur if the ADC coefficients
are updated without following the proper update sequence. The correct sequence is shown in Figure 7-15.
The values for the times listed are conservative and should be used for software purposes.

38 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Record - Paused

Volume Ramp Down


Soft Mute

ADC Volume Ramp Down WAIT Time (A)


Wait (A) ms

For fS = 32 kHz ® Wait 10 ms (min)

ADC Power Down For fS = 48 kHz ® Wait 8 ms (min)

Update
Digital Filter ADC Volume Ramp Up Time (B)
Coefficients

For fS = 32 kHz ® 10 ms

ADC Power UP For fS = 48 kHz ® 8 ms

Wait 20 ms

Restore Previous
Volume Level (Ramp)
in (B) ms

Record - Continue

F0023-02

Figure 7-15. Updating ADC Digital Filter Coefficients During Record

7.3.9.6 Digital Microphone Function


In addition to supporting analog microphones, the TLV320AIC3100 can also interface to one digital
microphone using the mono ADC channel. Figure 7-16 shows the digital microphone interface block
diagram and Figure 7-17 shows the timing diagram for the digital microphone interface.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 39


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

D-S Signal
ADC Mono ADC
Processing DOUT
CIC Filter
Blocks

DIG_MIC_IN
ADC_MOD_CLK

GPIO1 DIN

Figure 7-16. Digital Microphone in the TLV320AIC3100

The TLV320AIC3100 outputs internal clock ADC_MOD_CLK on the GPIO1 pin (page 0 / register 51,
bits D5–D2 = 1010). This clock can be connected to the external digital microphone device. The single-bit
output of the external digital microphone device can be connected to the DIN pin. Internally, the
TLV320AIC3100 latches the steady value of the mono ADC data on the rising edge of ADC_MOD_CLK.

ADC_MOD_CLK

DIG_MIC_IN Mono Data No Data Mono Data No Data Mono Data No Data

Figure 7-17. Timing Diagram for Digital Microphone Interface

When the digital microphone mode is enabled, the analog section of the ADC can be powered down and
bypassed for power efficiency. The AOSR value for the ADC channel must be configured to select the
desired decimation ratio to be achieved, based on the external digital microphone properties.

7.3.9.7 DC Measurement
The TLV320AIC3100 supports a highly flexible dc-measurement mode using the high-resolution
oversampling and noise-shaping ADC. This mode can be used when the ADC channel is not used for the
voice/audio record function. This mode can be enabled by programming page 0 / register 102, bit D7. The
converted data is 24 bits, using the 2.22 numbering format. The value of the converted data for the ADC
channel can be read back from page 0 / register 104 through page 1 / register 106. Before reading back
the converted data, page 0 / register 103, bit D6 must be programmed to 1 in order to latch the converted
data into the read-back registers. After the converted data is read back, page 0 / register 103, bit D6 must
be immediately reset to 0. In dc-measurement mode, two measurement modes are supported.
Mode A
In dc-measurement mode A, a variable-length averaging filter is used. The length of averaging filter D can
be programmed from 1 to 20 by programming page 0 / register 102, bits D4–D0. To choose mode A,
page 0 / register 102, bit D5 must be programmed to 0.

40 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Mode B
To choose mode B, page 0 / register 102, bit D5 must be programmed to 1. In dc-measurement mode B,
a first-order IIR filter is used. The coefficients of this filter are determined by D, page 0 / register 102,
bits D4–D0. The nature of the filter is given in Table 7-24.

Table 7-24. DC Measurement Bandwidth Settings


D: PAGE 0 / REGISTER 102, BITS –3 dB BW (kHz) –0.5 dB BW (kHz)
D4–D0
1 688.440 236.500
2 275.970 96.334
3 127.400 44.579
4 61.505 21.532
5 30.248 10.590
6 15.004 5.253
7 7.472 2.616
8 3.729 1.305
9 1.862 652
10 931 326
11 465 163
12 232.6 81.5
13 116.3 40.7
14 58.1 20.3
15 29.1 10.2
16 14.54 5.09
17 7.25 2.54
18 3.63 1.27
19 1.8 0.635
20 0.908 0.3165

By programming page 0 / register 103, bit D5 to 1, the averaging filter is periodically reset after 2R number
of ADC_MOD_CLK periods, where R is programmed in page 0 / register 103, bits D4–D0. When page 0 /
register 103, bit D5 is set to 1, then the value of D should be less than the value of R. When page 0 /
register 103, bit D5 is programmed to 0, the averaging filter is never reset.

7.3.10 Audio DAC and Audio Analog Outputs


Each channel of the stereo audio DAC consists of a digital-audio processing block, a digital interpolation
filter, a digital delta-sigma modulator, and an analog reconstruction filter. This high oversampling ratio
(typically DOSR is between 32 and 128) exhibits good dynamic range by ensuring that the quantization
noise generated within the delta-sigma modulator stays outside of the audio frequency band. Audio analog
outputs include stereo headphone, or lineouts, and stereo class-D speaker outputs.

7.3.10.1 DAC
The TLV320AIC3100 stereo-audio DAC supports data rates from 8 kHz to 192 kHz. Each channel of the
stereo audio-DAC consists of a signal-processing engine with fixed processing blocks, a digital
interpolation filter, a multibit digital delta-sigma modulator, and an analog reconstruction filter. The DAC is
designed to provide enhanced performance at low sampling rates through increased oversampling and
image filtering, thereby keeping quantization noise generated within the delta-sigma modulator and signal

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 41


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

images strongly suppressed within the audio band to beyond 20 kHz. To handle multiple input rates and
optimize power dissipation and performance, the TLV320AIC3100 device allows the system designer to
program the oversampling rates over a wide range from 1 to 1024 by configuring page 0 / register 13 and
page 0 / register 14. The system designer can choose higher oversampling ratios for lower input data
rates and lower oversampling ratios for higher input data rates.
The TLV320AIC3100 DAC channel includes a built-in digital interpolation filter to generate oversampled
data for the delta-sigma modulator. The interpolation filter can be chosen from three different types,
depending on required frequency response, group delay, and sampling rate.
DAC power up is controlled by writing to page 0 / register 63, bit D7 for the left channel and bit D6 for the
right channel. The left-channel DAC clipping flag is provided as a read-only bit on page 0 / register 39, bit
D7. The right-channel DAC clipping flag is provided as a read-only bit on page 0 / register 39, bit D6.

7.3.10.1.1 DAC Processing Blocks


The TLV320AIC3100 device implements signal-processing capabilities and interpolation filtering through
processing blocks. These fixed processing blocks give users the choice of how much and what type of
signal processing they use and which interpolation filter is applied.
The choices among these processing blocks allow the system designer to balance power conservation
and signal-processing flexibility. Table 7-25 gives an overview of all available processing blocks of the
DAC channel and their properties. The resource-class column gives an approximate indication of power
consumption for the digital (DVDD) supply; however, based on the out-of-band noise spectrum, the analog
power consumption of the drivers (HPVDD) may differ.
The signal processing blocks available are:
• First-order IIR
• Scalable number of biquad filters
• 3D effect
• Beep generator
The processing blocks are tuned for common cases and can achieve high image rejection or low group
delay in combination with various signal-processing effects such as audio effects and frequency shaping.
The available first-order IIR and biquad filters have fully user-programmable coefficients.

Table 7-25. Overview – DAC Predefined Processing Blocks

PROCESSING INTERPOLATION FIRST-ORDER NUMBER OF BEEP RESOURCE


CHANNEL DRC 3D
BLOCK NO. FILTER IIR AVAILABLE BIQUADS GENERATOR CLASS
PRB_P1 A Stereo No 3 No No No 8
PRB_P2 A Stereo Yes 6 Yes No No 12
PRB_P3 A Stereo Yes 6 No No No 10
PRB_P4 A Left No 3 No No No 4
PRB_P5 A Left Yes 6 Yes No No 6
PRB_P6 A Left Yes 6 No No No 6
PRB_P7 B Stereo Yes 0 No No No 6
PRB_P8 B Stereo No 4 Yes No No 8
PRB_P9 B Stereo No 4 No No No 8
PRB_P10 B Stereo Yes 6 Yes No No 10
PRB_P11 B Stereo Yes 6 No No No 8
PRB_P12 B Left Yes 0 No No No 3
PRB_P13 B Left No 4 Yes No No 4
PRB_P14 B Left No 4 No No No 4
PRB_P15 B Left Yes 6 Yes No No 6
PRB_P16 B Left Yes 6 No No No 4
PRB_P17 C Stereo Yes 0 No No No 3
PRB_P18 C Stereo Yes 4 Yes No No 6
PRB_P19 C Stereo Yes 4 No No No 4

42 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-25. Overview – DAC Predefined Processing Blocks (continued)


PROCESSING INTERPOLATION FIRST-ORDER NUMBER OF BEEP RESOURCE
CHANNEL DRC 3D
BLOCK NO. FILTER IIR AVAILABLE BIQUADS GENERATOR CLASS
PRB_P20 C Left Yes 0 No No No 2
PRB_P21 C Left Yes 4 Yes No No 3
PRB_P22 C Left Yes 4 No No No 2
PRB_P23 A Stereo No 2 No Yes No 8
PRB_P24 A Stereo Yes 5 Yes Yes No 12
PRB_P25 A Stereo Yes 5 Yes Yes Yes 12

7.3.10.1.2 DAC Processing Blocks — Signal Chain Details

7.3.10.1.2.1 Three Biquads, Filter A

BiQuad BiQuad BiQuad Interp. ´ to


A B C Filter A
from Modulator
Interface Digital
Volume
Ctrl

Figure 7-18. Signal Chain for PRB_P1 and PRB_P4

7.3.10.1.2.2 Six Biquads, First-Order IIR, DRC, Filter A or B

Figure 7-19. Signal Chain for PRB_P2, PRB_P5, PRB_P10, and PRB_P15

7.3.10.1.2.3 Six Biquads, First-Order IIR, Filter A or B

Interp.
IIR BiQuad BiQuad BiQuad BiQuad BiQuad BiQuad ´ to
Filter
A B C D E F Modulator
from A,B
Interface Digital
Volume
Ctrl

Figure 7-20. Signal Chain for PRB_P3, PRB_P6, PRB_P11, and PRB_P16

7.3.10.1.2.4 IIR, Filter B or C

Interp.
IIR Filter ´ to
B,C Modulator
from
Interface Digital
Volume
Ctrl

Figure 7-21. Signal Chain for PRB_P7, PRB_P12, PRB_P17, and PRB_P20

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 43


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

7.3.10.1.2.5 Four Biquads, DRC, Filter B

Figure 7-22. Signal Chain for PRB_P8 and PRB_P13

7.3.10.1.2.6 Four Biquads, Filter B

BiQuad BiQuad BiQuad BiQuad Interp. ´ to


A B C D Filter B Modulator
from
Interface Digital
Volume
Ctrl

Figure 7-23. Signal Chain for PRB_P9 and PRB_P14

7.3.10.1.2.7 Four Biquads, First-Order IIR, DRC, Filter C

Figure 7-24. Signal Chain for PRB_P18 and PRB_P21

7.3.10.1.2.8 Four Biquads, First-Order IIR, Filter C

IIR BiQuad BiQuad BiQuad BiQuad Interp. ´ to


A B C D Filter C
from modulator
Interface Digital
Volume
Ctrl

Figure 7-25. Signal Chain for PRB_P19 and PRB_P22

44 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

7.3.10.1.2.9 Two Biquads, 3D, Filter A

From
Left- + Biquad Biquad Interp.
Channel
+ BL CL Filter A
´ To
Interface Modulator
+
Digital
Volume
Ctrl

+ Biquad Biquad 3D
+ AL AR
– PGA

From +
Right- – Biquad Biquad Interp.
Channel
+ BR CR Filter A
´ To
Modulator
Interface
Digital
Volume
Ctrl
NOTE: AL means biquad A of the left channel, and similarly, BR means biquad B of the right channel.

Figure 7-26. Signal Chain for PRB_P23

7.3.10.1.2.10 Five Biquads, DRC, 3D, Filter A

$
! !

"
"
# !

$
! !

"
"
# !

Figure 7-27. Signal Chain for PRB_P24

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 45


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

7.3.10.1.2.11 Five Biquads, DRC, 3D, Beep Generator, Filter A

!
!" "! !

#
#

$! "

$! "

!
!" "! !

#
#
$! "

Figure 7-28. Signal Chain for PRB_P25

7.3.10.1.3 DAC User-Programmable Filters


Based on the selected processing block, different types and orders of digital filtering are available. Up to
six biquad sections are available for specific processing blocks.
The coefficients of the available filters are arranged as sequentially-indexed coefficients in two banks. If
adaptive filtering is chosen, the coefficient banks can be switched in real time.
When the DAC is running, the user-programmable filter coefficients are locked and cannot be accessed
for either read or write.
However, the TLV320AIC3100 device offers an adaptive filter mode as well. Setting page 8 / register 1, bit
D2 = 1 turns on double buffering of the coefficients. In this mode, filter coefficients are updated through
the host and activated without stopping and restarting the DAC which enables advanced adaptive filtering
applications.
In the double-buffering scheme, all coefficients are stored in two buffers (buffers A and B). When the DAC
is running and the adaptive filtering mode is turned on, setting page 8 / register 1, bit D0 = 1 switches the
coefficient buffers at the next start of a sampling period. This bit is set back to 0 after the switch occurs. At
the same time, page 8 / register 1, bit D1 toggles.
The flag in page 8 / register 1, bit D1 indicates which of the two buffers is actually in use.
Page 8 / register 1, bit D1 = 0: buffer A is in use by the DAC engine; bit D1 = 1: buffer B is in use.
While the device is running, coefficient updates are always made to the buffer not in use by the DAC,
regardless of the buffer to which the coefficients have been written.

Table 7-26. Adaptive-Mode Filter-Coefficient Buffer Switching


DAC POWERED COEFFICIENT BUFFER IN
PAGE 8 / REGISTER 1, BIT D1 WRITING TO UPDATES
UP USE
No 0 None C1, buffer A C1, buffer A
No 0 None C1, buffer B C1, buffer B
Yes 0 Buffer A C1, buffer A C1, buffer B

46 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-26. Adaptive-Mode Filter-Coefficient Buffer Switching (continued)


DAC POWERED COEFFICIENT BUFFER IN
PAGE 8 / REGISTER 1, BIT D1 WRITING TO UPDATES
UP USE
Yes 0 Buffer A C1, buffer B C1, buffer B
Yes 1 Buffer B C1, buffer A C1, buffer A
Yes 1 Buffer B C1, buffer B C1, buffer A

The user-programmable coefficients C1 to C70 are defined on pages 8, 9, 10, and 11 for buffer A and
pages 12, 13, 14, and 15 for buffer B.
The coefficients of these filters are each 16-bit, 2s-complement format, occupying two consecutive 8-bit
registers in the register space. Specifically, the filter coefficients are in 1.15 (one dot 15) format with a
range from –1.0 (0x8000) to 0.999969482421875 (0x7FFF) as shown in Figure 7-11.

7.3.10.1.3.1 First-Order IIR Section


The IIR is of first order and its transfer function is given by Equation 4.
N0 + N1z -1
H(z) =
215 - D1z -1 (4)

The frequency response for the first-order IIR section with default coefficients is flat.

Table 7-27. DAC IIR Filter Coefficients


DEFAULT (RESET)
FILTER COEFFICIENT LEFT DAC CHANNEL RIGHT DAC CHANNEL
VALUE
First-order IIR N0 Page 9 / register 2 and page 9 / register 3 Page 9 / register 8 and page 9 / register 9 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 –
LSB value)
N1 Page 9 / register 4 and page 9 / register 5 Page 9 / register 10 and page 9 / register 11 0x0000
D1 Page 9 / register 6 and page 9 / register 7 Page 9 / register 12 and page 9 / register 13 0x0000

7.3.10.1.3.2 Biquad Section


The transfer function of each of the biquad filters is given by Equation 5.
N0 + 2 ´ N1z -1 + N2 z -2
H(z) =
215 - 2 ´ D1z -1 - D2 z -2 (5)

Table 7-28. DAC Biquad Filter Coefficients


DEFAULT (RESET)
FILTER COEFFICIENT LEFT DAC CHANNEL RIGHT DAC CHANNEL
VALUE
Biquad A N0 Page 8 / register 2 and page 8 / register 3 Page 8 / register 66 and page 8 / register 67 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 –
LSB value)
N1 Page 8 / register 4 and page 8 / register 5 Page 8 / register 68 and page 8 / register 69 0x0000
N2 Page 8 / register 6 and page 8 / register 7 Page 8 / register 70 and page 8 / register 71 0x0000
D1 Page 8 / register 8 and page 8 / register 9 Page 8 / register 72 and page 8 / register 73 0x0000
D2 Page 8 / register 10 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 74 and page 8 / register 75 0x0000
11
Biquad B N0 Page 8 / register 12 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 76 and page 8 / register 77 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 –
13 LSB value)
N1 Page 8 / register 14 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 78 and page 8 / register 79 0x0000
15
N2 Page 8 / register 16 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 80 and page 8 / register 81 0x0000
17
D1 Page 8 / register 18 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 82 and page 8 / register 83 0x0000
19
D2 Page 8 / register 20 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 84 and page 8 / register 85 0x0000
21

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 47


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-28. DAC Biquad Filter Coefficients (continued)


DEFAULT (RESET)
FILTER COEFFICIENT LEFT DAC CHANNEL RIGHT DAC CHANNEL
VALUE
Biquad C N0 Page 8 / register 22 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 86 and page 8 / register 87 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 –
23 LSB value)
N1 Page 8 / register 24 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 88 and page 8 / register 89 0x0000
25
N2 Page 8 / register 26 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 90 and page 8 / register 91 0x0000
27
D1 Page 8 / register 28 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 92 and page 8 / register 93 0x0000
29
D2 Page 8 / register 30 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 94 and page 8 / register 95 0x0000
31
Biquad D N0 Page 8 / register 32 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 96 and page 8 / register 97 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 –
33 LSB value)
N1 Page 8 / register 34 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 98 and page 8 / register 99 0x0000
35
N2 Page 8 / register 36 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 100 and page 8 / register 101 0x0000
37
D1 Page 8 / register 38 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 102 and page 8 / register 103 0x0000
39
D2 Page 8 / register 40 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 104 and page 8 / register 105 0x0000
41
Biquad E N0 Page 8 / register 42 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 106 and page 8 / register 107 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 –
43 LSB value)
N1 Page 8 / register 44 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 108 and page 8 / register 109 0x0000
45
N2 Page 8 / register 46 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 110 and page 8 / register 111 0x0000
47
D1 Page 8 / register 48 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 112 and page 8 / register 113 0x0000
49
D2 Page 8 / register 50 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 114 and page 8 / register 115 0x0000
51
Biquad F N0 Page 8 / register 52 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 116 and page 8 / register 117 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 –
53 LSB value)
N1 Page 8 / register 54 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 118 and page 8 / register 119 0x0000
55
N2 Page 8 / register 56 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 120 and page 8 / register 121 0x0000
57
D1 Page 8 / register 58 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 122 and page 8 / register 123 0x0000
59
D2 Page 8 / register 60 and page 8 / register Page 8 / register 124 and page 8 / register 125 0x0000
61

7.3.10.1.4 DAC Interpolation Filter Characteristics

7.3.10.1.4.1 Interpolation Filter A


Filter A is designed for an fS up to 48 ksps with a flat passband of 0 to 20 kHz.

Table 7-29. Specification for DAC Interpolation Filter A


PARAMETER CONDITION VALUE (TYPICAL) UNIT
Filter-gain pass band 0 … 0.45 fS ±0.015 dB
Filter-gain stop band 0.55… 7.455 fS –65 dB
Filter group delay 21 / fS s

48 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

DAC Channel Response for Interpolation Filter A


(Red line corresponds to –65 dB)

–10

–20

Magnitude – dB
–30

–40

–50

–60

–70

–80

–90
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Frequency Normalized to fS
G016

Figure 7-29. Frequency Response of DAC Interpolation Filter A

7.3.10.1.4.2 Interpolation Filter B


Filter B is specifically designed for an fS of up to 96 ksps. Thus, the flat passband region easily covers the
required audio band of 0 to 20 kHz.

Table 7-30. Specification for DAC Interpolation Filter B


PARAMETER CONDITION VALUE (TYPICAL) UNIT
Filter-gain pass band 0 … 0.45 fS ±0.015 dB
Filter-gain stop band 0.55… 3.45 fS –58 dB
Filter group delay 18 / fS s

DAC Channel Response for Interpolation Filter B


(Red line corresponds to –58 dB)

–10

–20
Magnitude – dB

–30

–40

–50

–60

–70

–80
0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5

Frequency Normalized to fS
G017

Figure 7-30. Frequency Response of Channel Interpolation Filter B

7.3.10.1.4.3 Interpolation Filter C


Filter C is specifically designed for the 192-ksps mode. The pass band extends up to 0.4 × fS
(corresponds to 80 kHz), more than sufficient for audio applications.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 49


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-31. Specification for DAC Interpolation Filter C


PARAMETER CONDITION VALUE (TYPICAL) UNIT
Filter-gain pass band 0 … 0.35 fS ±0.03 dB
Filter-gain stop band 0.6… 1.4 fS –43 dB
Filter group delay 13 / fS s

DAC Channel Response for Interpolation Filter C


(Red line corresponds to –43 dB)

–10

–20
Magnitude – dB

–30

–40

–50

–60

–70
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4

Frequency Normalized to fS
G018

Figure 7-31. Frequency Response of DAC Interpolation Filter C

7.3.10.2 DAC Digital-Volume Control


The DAC has a digital-volume control block which implements programmable gain. Each channel has an
independent volume control that can be varied from 24 dB to –63.5 dB in 0.5-dB steps. The left-channel
DAC volume is controlled by writing to page 0 / register 65, bits D7–D0. DAC muting and setting up a
master gain control to control both channels occurs by writing to page 0 / register 64, bits D3–D0. The
gain is implemented with a soft-stepping algorithm, which only changes the actual volume by 0.125 dB per
input sample, either up or down, until the desired volume is reached. The rate of soft-stepping is slowed to
one step per two input samples by writing to page 0 / register 63, bits D1–D0. Note that the default source
for volume-control level settings is control by register writes (page 0 / register 65 and page 0 / register 66
to control volume). Use of the VOL/MICDET pin to control the DAC volume is ignored until the volume
control source selected has been changed to pin control (page 0 / register 116, bit D7 = 1). This
functionality is shown in .
During soft-stepping, the host does not receive a signal when the DAC has been completely muted. This
may be important if the host must mute the DAC before making a significant change, such as changing
sample rates. In order to help with this situation, the device provides a flag back to the host through a
read-only register, page 0 / register 38, bit D4 for the right channel. This information alerts the host when
the part has completed the soft-stepping and the actual volume has reached the desired volume level. The
soft-stepping feature can be disabled by writing to page 0 / register 63, bits D1–D0.
If soft-stepping is enabled, the CODEC_CLKIN signal must be kept active until the DAC power-up flag is
cleared. When this flag is cleared, the internal DAC soft-stepping process is complete, and
CODEC_CLKIN can be stopped if desired. (The analog volume control can be ramped down using an
internal oscillator.)

50 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

7.3.10.3 Volume Control Pin


The volume-control pin is not enabled by default but is enabled by writing 1 to page 0 / register 116, bit
D7. The default DAC volume control uses software control of the volume, which occurs if page 0 /
register 116, bit D7 = 0. Soft-stepping the volume level is set up by writing to page 0 / register 63, bits
D1–D0.
When the volume-pin function is used, a 7-bit Vol ADC reads the voltage on the VOL/MICDET pin and
updates the digital volume control by overwriting the current value of the volume control. The new volume
setting which has been applied because of a change of voltage on the volume control pin is read on
page 0 / register 117, bits D6–D0. The 7-bit Vol ADC clock source is selected on page 0 / register 116, bit
D6. The update rate is programmed on page 0 / register 116, bits D2–D0 for this 7-bit SAR ADC.
Table 7-32 lists The VOL/MICDET pin gain mapping.

Table 7-32. VOL/MICDET Pin Gain Mapping


VOL/MICDET PIN SAR OUTPUT DIGITAL GAIN APPLIED
0 18 dB
1 17.5 dB
2 17 dB
: :
35 0.5 dB
36 0.0 dB
37 –0.5 dB
: :
89 –26.5 dB
90 –27 dB
91 –28 dB
: :
125 –62 dB
126 –63 dB
127 Mute

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 51


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Figure 7-32 shows the VOL/MICDET pin connection and functionality.

24 dB to Mute
Digital
DAC_L ∆-∑ Programmable
Vol DSP
DAC Ctl Engine

24 dB to Mute
AVDD
Digital
VREF DAC_R Programmable
IN
AVDD ∆-∑ Vol DSP
DAC Ctl
R1 Engine
VOL/
MICDET 18 dB to Mute
P1
7- Bit ADC

R2 CVOL
Tone Generator and Mixer Are
NOT Shown
Volume Level 24 dB to Mute
Register Controlled
AVSS

B0210-05
Copyright © 2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated

Figure 7-32. Digital Volume Controls for Beep Generator and DAC Play Data

As shown in Table 7-32, the VOL/MICDET pin has a range of volume control from 18 dB down to –63 dB,
and mute. However, if less maximum gain is required, then a smaller range of voltage must be applied to
the VOL/MICDET pin. Applying a smaller range of voltage occurs by increasing the value of R2 relative to
the value of (P1 + R1), so that more voltage is available at the bottom of P1. The circuit must also be
designed such that for the values of R1, R2, and P1 chosen, the maximum voltage (top of the
potentiometer) does not exceed AVDD/2 (see Figure 7-32). The recommended values for R1, R2, and P1
for several maximum gains are shown in Table 7-33. Note that in typical applications, R1 must not be 0 Ω,
as the VOL/MICDET pin must not exceed AVDD/2 for proper ADC operation.

Table 7-33. VOL/MICDET Pin Gain Scaling


ADC VOLTAGE
R1 P1 R2 DIGITAL GAIN RANGE
for AVDD = 3.3 V
(kΩ) (kΩ) (kΩ) (dB)
(V)
25 25 0 0 to 1.65 18 to –63
33 25 7.68 0.386 to 1.642 3 to –63
34.8 25 9.76 0.463 to 1.649 0 to –63

7.3.10.4 Dynamic Range Compression


Typical music signals are characterized by crest factors, the ratio of peak signal power to average signal
power, of 12 dB or more. To avoid audible distortions due to clipping of peak signals, the gain of the DAC
channel must be adjusted so as not to cause hard clipping of peak signals. As a result, during nominal
periods, the applied gain is low, causing the perception that the signal is not loud enough. To overcome
this problem, dynamic range conpression (DRC) in the TLV320AIC3100 continuously monitors the output
of the DAC digital volume control to detect its power level relative to 0 dBFS. When the power level is low,
DRC increases the input signal gain to make it sound louder. At the same time, if a peaking signal is
detected, it autonomously reduces the applied gain to avoid hard clipping. This results in sounds more
pleasing to the ear as well as sounding louder during nominal periods.
The DRC functionality in the TLV320AIC3100 is implemented by a combination of processing blocks in the
DAC channel as described in Section 7.3.10.1.2.

52 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

DRC can be disabled by writing to page 0 / register 68, bits D6–D5.


DRC typically works on the filtered version of the input signal. The input signals have no audio information
at dc and extremely low frequencies; however, they can significantly influence the energy estimation
function in the dynamic range compressor (the DRC). Also, most of the information about signal energy is
concentrated in the low-frequency region of the input signal.
To estimate the energy of the input signal, the signal is first fed to the DRC high-pass filter and then to the
DRC low-pass filter. These filters are implemented as first-order IIR filters given by
N0 + N1z -1
HHPF (z) =
215 - D1z -1 (6)
-1
N0 + N1z
HLPF (z) =
215 - D1z -1 (7)

The coefficients for these filters are 16 bits wide in 2s-complement format and are user-programmable
through register write as given in Table 7-34.

Table 7-34. The DRC HPF and LPF Coefficients


COEFFICIENT LOCATION
HPF N0 C71 page 9 / register 14 and page 9 / register 15
HPF N1 C72 page 9 / registers 16 and page 9 / register 17
HPF D1 C73 page 9 / registers 18 and page 9 / register 19
LPF N0 C74 page 9 / registers 20 and page 9 / register 21
LPF N1 C75 page 9 / registers 22 and page 9 / register 23
LPF D1 C76 page 9 / registers 24 and page 9 / register 25

The default values of these coefficients implement a high-pass filter with a cutoff at 0.00166 × DAC_fS,
and a low-pass filter with a cutoff at 0.00033 × DAC_fS.
The output of the DRC high-pass filter is fed to the processing block selected for the DAC channel. The
absolute value of the DRC LPF filter is used for energy estimation within the DRC.
The gain in the DAC digital volume control is controlled by page 0 / register 65 and page 0 / register 66.
When the DRC is enabled, the applied gain is a function of the digital volume control register setting and
the output of the DRC.
The DRC parameters are described in sections that follow.

7.3.10.4.1 DRC Threshold


DRC threshold represents the level of the DAC playback signal at which the gain compression becomes
active. The output of the digital volume control in the DAC is compared with the set threshold. The
threshold value is programmable by writing to page 0 / register 68, bits D4–D2. The threshold value can
be adjusted between –3 dBFS and –24 dBFS in steps of 3 dB. Keeping the DRC threshold value too high
may not leave enough time for the DRC block to detect peaking signals, and can cause excessive
distortion at the outputs. Keeping the DRC threshold value too low can limit the perceived loudness of the
output signal.
The recommended DRC threshold value is –24 dB.
When the output signal exceeds the set DRC threshold, the interrupt flag bits at page 0 / register 44,
bits D3–D2 are updated. These flag bits are sticky in nature, and are reset only after they are read back
by the user. The non-sticky versions of the interrupt flags are also available at page 0 / register 46,
bits D3–D2.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 53


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

7.3.10.4.2 DRC Hysteresis


DRC hysteresis is programmable by writing to page 0 / register 68, bits D1–D0. These bits can be
programmed to represent values between 0 dB and 3 dB in steps of 1dB. DRC hysteresis provides a
programmable window around the programmed DRC threshold that must be exceeded for the disabled
DRC to become enabled, or the enabled DRC to become disabled. For example, if the DRC threshold is
set to –12 dBFS and the DRC hysteresis is set to 3 dB, then if the gain compression in the DRC is
inactive, the output of the DAC digital volume control must exceed –9 dBFS before gain compression due
to the DRC is activated. Similarly, when the gain compression in the DRC is active, the output of the DAC
digital volume control must fall below –15 dBFS for gain compression in the DRC to be deactivated. The
DRC hysteresis feature prevents the rapid activation and de-activation of gain compression in the DRC in
cases when the output of the DAC digital volume control rapidly fluctuates in a narrow region around the
programmed DRC threshold. By programming the DRC hysteresis as 0 dB, the hysteresis action is
disabled.
The recommended value of DRC hysteresis is 3 dB.

7.3.10.4.3 DRC Hold Time


DRC hold time is intended to slow the start of decay for a specified period of time in response to a
decrease in energy level. To minimize audible artifacts, TI recommends to set the DRC hold time to 0
through programming page 0 / register 69, bits D6–D3 = 0000.

7.3.10.4.4 DRC Attack Rate


When the output of the DAC digital volume control exceeds the programmed DRC threshold, the gain
applied in the DAC digital volume control is progressively reduced to avoid the signal from saturating the
channel. This process of reducing the applied gain is called attack. To avoid audible artifacts, the gain is
reduced slowly with a rate equaling the attack rate, programmable via page 0 / register 70, bits D7–D4.
Attack rates can be programmed from 4-dB gain change per sample period to 1.2207e–5-dB gain change
per sample period.
Attack rates should be programmed such that before the output of the DAC digital volume control can clip,
the input signal should be sufficiently attenuated. High attack rates can cause audible artifacts, and too-
slow attack rates may not be able to prevent the input signal from clipping.
The recommended DRC attack rate value is 1.9531e–4 dB per sample period.

7.3.10.4.5 DRC Decay Rate


When the DRC detects a reduction in output signal swing beyond the programmed DRC threshold, the
DRC enters a decay state, where the applied gain in the digital-volume control is gradually increased to
programmed values. To avoid audible artifacts, the gain is slowly increased with a rate equal to the decay
rate programmed through page 0 / register 70, bits D3–D0. The decay rates can be programmed from
1.5625e–3 dB per sample period to 4.7683e–7 dB per sample period. If the decay rates are programmed
too high, then sudden gain changes can cause audible artifacts. However, if it is programmed too slow,
then the output may be perceived as too low for a long time after the peak signal has passed.
The recommended value of DRC decay rate is 2.4414e–5 dB per sample period.

7.3.10.4.6 Example Setup for DRC


• PGA gain = 12 dB
• Threshold = –24 dB
• Hysteresis = 3 dB
• Hold time = 0 ms
• Attack rate = 1.9531e–4 dB per sample period
• Decay rate = 2.4414e–5 dB per sample period
Script
54 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

#Go to Page 0
w 30 00 00
#DAC => 12 db gain left
w 30 41 18
#DAC => 12 db gain right
w 30 42 18
#DAC => DRC Enabled for both channels, Threshold = -24 db, Hysteresis = 3 dB
w 30 44 7F
#DRC Hold = 0 ms, Rate of Changes of Gain = 0.5 dB/Fs'
w 30 45 00
#Attack Rate = 1.9531e-4 dB/Frame , DRC Decay Rate =2.4414e-5 dB/Frame
w 30 46 B6
#Go to Page 9
w 30 00 09
#DRC HPF
w 30 0E 7F AB 80 55 7F 56
#DRC LPF W 30 14 00 11 00 11 7F DE

7.3.10.5 Headset Detection


The TLV320AIC3100 device includes extensive capability to monitor a headphone, microphone, or
headset jack, to determine if a plug has been inserted into the jack, and then determine what type of
headset or headphone is wired to the plug. The device also includes the capability to detect a button
press, even, for example, when starting calls on mobile phones with headsets. Figure 7-33 shows the
circuit configuration to enable this feature.

s s HPR

g g

s s HPL

Micpga
m m

VOL/MICDET

MICBIAS
Micbias

Figure 7-33. Jack Connections for Headset Detection

Headset Detection is enabled by programming page 0 / register 67, bit D1. In order to avoid false
detections because of mechanical vibrations in headset jacks or microphone buttons, a debounce function
is provided for glitch rejection. For the case of headset insertion, a debounce function with a range of 32
ms to 512 ms is provided. This can be programmed through page 0 / register 67, bits D4–D2. For
improved button-press detection, the debounce function has a range of 8 ms to 32 ms by programming
page 0 / register 67, bits D1–D0.
The TLV320AIC3100 device also provides feedback to the user through register-readable flags as well as
an interrupt on the I/O pins when a button press or a headset insertion or removal event is detected. The
value in page 0 / register 46, bits D5–D4 provides the instantaneous state of button press and headset
insertion. Page 0 / register 44, bit D5 is a sticky (latched) flag that is set when the button-press event is
detected. Page 0 / register 44, bit D4 is a sticky flag which is set when the headset insertion or removal

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 55


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

event is detected. These sticky flags are set by the event occurrence, and are reset only when read. This
requires polling page 0 / register 44. To avoid polling and the associated overhead, the TLV320AIC3100
device also provides an interrupt feature, whereby events can trigger the INT1, the INT2, or both
interrupts. These interrupt events can be routed to one of the digital output pins. See Section 7.3.10.6 for
details.
The TLV320AIC3100 device not only detects a headset insertion event, but also is able to distinguish
between the different headsets inserted, such as stereo headphones or cellular headphones. After the
headset-detection event, the user can read page 0 / register 67, bits D6–D5 to determine the type of
headset inserted.

Table 7-35. Headset Detection Block Registers


REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Page 0 / register 67, bit D1 Headset-detection enable/disable
Page 0 / register 67, bits D4–D2 Debounce programmability for headset detection
Page 0 / register 67, bits D1–D0 Debounce programmability for button press
Page 0 / register 44, bit D5 Sticky flag for button-press event
Page 0 / register 44, bit D4 Sticky flag for headset-insertion or -removal event
Page 0 / register 46, bit D5 Status flag for button-press event
Page 0 / register 46, bit D4 Status flag for headset insertion and removal
Page 0 / register 67, bits D6–D5 Flags for type of headset detected

The headset detection block requires AVDD to be powered. The headset detection feature in the
TLV320AIC3100 device is achieved with very low power overhead, requiring less than 20 μA of additional
current from the AVDD supply.

7.3.10.6 Interrupts
Some specific events in the TLV320AIC3100 device that can require host processor intervention are used
to trigger interrupts to the host processor. This avoids polling the status-flag registers continuously. The
TLV320AIC3100 device has two defined interrupts, INT1 and INT2, that are configured by programming
page 0 / register 48 and page 0 / register 49. A user can configure interrupts INT1 and INT2 to be
triggered by one or many events, such as:
• Headset detection
• Button press
• DAC DRC signal exceeding threshold
• Noise detected by AGC
• Overcurrent condition in headphone drivers and speaker drivers
• Data overflow in the ADC and DAC processing blocks and filters
• DC measurement data available
Each of these INT1 and INT2 interrupts can be routed to output pins GPIO1 or DOUT. These interrupt
signals can either be configured as a single pulse or a series of pulses by programming page 0 /
register 48, bit D0 and page 0 / register 49, bit D0. If the user configures the interrupts as a series of
pulses, the events trigger the start of pulses that stop when the flag registers in page 0 / registers 44, 45,
and 50 are read by the user to determine the cause of the interrupt.

7.3.10.7 Key-Click Functionality With Digital Sine-Wave Generator (PRB_P25)


A special algorithm has been included in the digital signal processing block PRB_P25 for generating a
digital sine-wave signal that is sent to the DAC. The digital sine-wave generator is also referred to as the
beep generator in this document.

56 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

This functionality is intended for generating key-click sounds for user feedback. The sine-wave generator
is very flexible (see Table 7-36) and is completely register programmable. Programming page 0 / register
71 through page 0 / register 79 (8 bits each) completely controls the functionality of this generator and
allows for differentiating sounds.
The two registers used for programming the 16-bit sine-wave coefficient are page 0 / register 76 and
page 0 / register 77. The two registers used for programming the 16-bit cosine-wave coefficient are
page 0 / register 78 and page 0 / register 79. This coefficient resolution allows virtually any frequency of
sine wave in the audio band to be generated, up to fS / 2.
The three registers used to control the length of the sine-burst waveform are page 0 / register 73 through
page 0 / register 75. The resolution (bit) in the registers of the sine-burst length is one sample time, so this
allows great control on the overall time of the sine-burst waveform. This 24-bit length timer supports
16 777 215 sample times. For example, if fS is set at 48 kHz, and the register value equals 96 000 d
(01 7700h), then the sine burst lasts exactly 2 seconds. The default settings for the tone generator, based
on using a sample rate of 48 kHz, are 1-kHz (approximately) sine wave, with a sine-burst length of five
cycles (5 ms).

Table 7-36. Beep Generator Register Locations (Page 00h)


BEEP LENGTH SINE COSINE
LEFT BEEP CONTROL RIGHT BEEP CONTROL
MSB MID LSB MSB LSB MSB LSB
REGISTER 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79

Table 7-37. Example Beep-Generator Settings for a 1000-Hz Tone


BEEP FREQUENCY BEEP LENGTH SINE COSINE SAMPLE RATE
MSB MID LSB MSB LSB MSB LSB
Hz Hz
(hex) (hex) (hex) (hex) (hex) (hex) (hex)
1000 (1) 0 0 EE 10 D8 7E E3 48 000
(1) These are the default settings.

Two registers are used to control the left sine-wave volume and the right sine-wave volume independently.
The 6-bit digital volume control used allows level control of 2 dB to –61 dB in 1-dB steps. The left-channel
volume is controlled by writing to page 0 / register 71, bits D5–D0. The right-channel volume is controlled
by writing to page 0, register 72, bits D5–D0. A master volume control that controls the left and right
channels of the beep generator are set up by writing to page 0 / register 72, bits D7–D6. The default
volume control setting is 2 dB, which provides the maximum tone-generator output level.
For generating other tones, the three tone-generator coefficients are found by running the following script
using MATLAB™ :
Sine = dec2hex(round(sin(2*π*Fin/Fs)*2^15))
Cosine = dec2hex(round(cos(2*π*Fin/Fs)*2^15))
Beep Length = dec2hex(floor(Fs*Cycle/Fin))
where,
Fin = Beep frequency desired
Fs = Sample rate
Cycle = Number of beep (sine wave) cycles that are required
dec2hex = Decimal to hexadecimal conversion function
NOTES:
1. Fin must be less than Fs / 4.
2. For the sine and cosine values, if the number of bits is less than the full 16-bit value, then the unused
MSBs must be written as 0s.
3. For the beep-length values, if number of bits is less than the full 24-bit value, then the unused MSBs
must be written as 0s.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 57


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Following the beep-volume control is a digital mixer that mixes in a playback data stream whose level has
already been set by the DAC volume control. Therefore, once the key-click volume level is set, the key-
click volume is not affected by the DAC volume control, which is the main control available to the end
user. shows this functionality.
Following the DAC, the signal can be further scaled by the analog output volume control and power-
amplifier level control.
To insert a beep in the middle of an already-playing signal over DAC, use the following sequence.
Before the beep is desired, program the desired beep frequency, volume, and length in the configuration
registers. When a beep is desired, use the example configuration script.
w 30 00 00 # change to Page 0
w 30 40 0C # mute DACs
f 30 26 xxx1xxx1 # wait for DAC gain flag to be set
w 30 0B 02 # power down NDAC divider
w 30 47 80 # enable beep generator with left channel volume = 0dB, volume level could
# be different as per requirement
w 30 0B 82 # power up NDAC divider, in this specific example NDAC = 2, but NDAC could
# be different value as per overall setup
w 30 40 00 # un-mute DAC to resume playing audio

Note that in this scheme the audio signal on the DAC is temporarily muted to enable beep generation.
Because powering down of NDAC clock divider is required, do not use the DAC_CLK or DAC_MOD_CLK
for generation of I2S clocks.

7.3.10.8 Programming DAC Digital Filter Coefficients


The digital filter coefficients must be programmed through the I2C interface. All digital filtering for the DAC
signal path must be loaded into the RAM before the DAC is powered on. Note that default ALLPASS filter
coefficients for programmable biquads are located in boot ROM. The boot ROM automatically loads the
default values into the RAM following a hardware reset (toggling the RESET pin) or after a software reset.
After resetting the device, loading boot ROM coefficients into the digital filters requires 100 μs of
programming time. During this time, reading or writing to page 8 through page 15 for updating DAC filter
coefficient values is not permitted. The DAC should not be powered up until after all of the DAC
configurations have been done by the system microprocessor.

7.3.10.9 Updating DAC Digital Filter Coefficients During PLAY


When it is required to update the DAC digital filter coefficients or beep generator during play, care must be
taken to avoid click and pop noise or even a possible oscillation noise. These artifacts can occur if the
DAC coefficients are updated without following the proper update sequence. The correct sequence is
shown in Figure 7-34. The values for times listed in Figure 7-34 are conservative and should be used for
software purposes.
There is also an adaptive mode, in which DAC coefficients can be updated while the DAC is on. For
details, see Section 7.3.10.1.3.

58 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Play - Paused

Volume Ramp Down


Soft Mute

DAC Volume Ramp Down WAIT Time (A)


Wait (A) ms

For fS = 32 kHz ® Wait 25 ms (min)

DAC Power Down For fS = 48 kHz ® Wait 20 ms (min)

Update
Digital Filter DAC Volume Ramp Up Time (B)
Coefficients

For fS = 32 kHz ® 25 ms

DAC Power UP For fS = 48 kHz ® 20 ms

Wait 20 ms

Restore Previous
Volume Level (Ramp)
in (B) ms

Play - Continue

F0024-02

Figure 7-34. Example Flow For Updating DAC Digital Filter Coefficients During Play

7.3.10.10 Digital Mixing and Routing


The TLV320AIC3100 has four digital mixing blocks. Each mixer can provide either mixing or multiplexing
of the digital audio data. This arrangement of digital mixers allows independent volume control for both the
playback data and the key-click sound. The first set of mixers can be used to make monaural signals from
left and right audio data, or they can even be used to swap channels to the DAC. This function is
accomplished by selecting left audio data for the right DAC input, and right data for the left DAC input. The
second set of mixers provides mixing of the audio data stream and the key-click sound. The digital routing
can be configured by writing to page 0 / register 63, bits D5–D4 for the left channel and bits D3–D2 for the
right channel.
Because the key-click function uses the digital signal processing block, the CODEC_CLKIN, DAC, analog
volume control, and output driver must be powered on for the key-click sound to occur.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 59


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

7.3.10.11 Analog Audio Routing


The TLV320AIC3100 has the capability to route the DAC output to either the headphone or the speaker
output. If desirable, both output drivers can operate at the same time while playing at different volume
levels. The TLV320AIC3100 provides various digital routing capabilities, allowing digital mixing or even
channel swapping in the digital domain. All analog outputs other than the selected ones can be powered
down for optimal power consumption.

7.3.10.11.1 Analog Output Volume Control


The output volume control fine tunes the level of the mixer amplifier signal supplied to the headphone
driver or the speaker driver. This architecture supports separate and concurrent volume levels for each of
the four output drivers. This volume control is also used as part of the output pop-noise reduction scheme.
This feature is available even if the ADC and DAC are powered down.

7.3.10.11.2 Headphone Analog-Output Volume Control


For the headphone outputs, the analog volume control has a range from 0 dB to –78 dB in 0.5-dB steps
for most of the useful range plus mute, which is shown in Table 7-38. This volume control includes soft-
stepping logic. Routing the left-channel DAC output signal to the left-channel analog volume control occurs
by writing to page 1 / register 35, bit D6. Routing the right-channel DAC output signal to the right-channel
analog volume control occurs by writing to page 1 / register 35, bit D2.
Changing the left-channel analog volume for the headphone is controlled by writing to page 1 / register 36,
bits D6–D0. Changing the right-channel analog volume for the headphone is controlled by writing to
page 1 / register 37, bits D6–D0. Routing the signal from the output of the left-channel analog volume
control to the input of the left-channel headphone power amplifier occurs by writing to page 1 / register 36,
bit D7. Routing the signal from the output of the right-channel analog volume control to the input of the
right-channel headphone power amplifier occurs by writing to page 1 / register 37, bit D7.
The analog volume-control soft-stepping time is based on the setting in page 0 / register 63, bits D1–D0.

60 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-38. Analog Volume Control for Headphone and Speaker Outputs (for D7 = 1) (1)
REGISTER ANALOG REGISTER ANALOG GAIN REGISTER ANALOG GAIN REGISTER ANALOG GAIN
VALUE GAIN (dB) VALUE (dB) VALUE (dB) VALUE (dB)
(D6–D0) (D6–D0) (D6–D0) (D6–D0)
0 0 30 –15 60 –30.1 90 –45.2
1 –0.5 31 –15.5 61 –30.6 91 –45.8
2 –1 32 –16 62 –31.1 92 –46.2
3 –1.5 33 –16.5 63 –31.6 93 –46.7
4 –2 34 –17 64 –32.1 94 –47.4
5 –2.5 35 –17.5 65 –32.6 95 –47.9
6 –3 36 –18.1 66 –33.1 96 –48.2
7 –3.5 37 –18.6 67 –33.6 97 –48.7
8 –4 38 –19.1 68 –34.1 98 –49.3
9 –4.5 39 –19.6 69 –34.6 99 –50
10 –5 40 –20.1 70 –35.2 100 –50.3
11 –5.5 41 –20.6 71 –35.7 101 –51
12 –6 42 –21.1 72 –36.2 102 –51.4
13 –6.5 43 –21.6 73 –36.7 103 –51.8
14 –7 44 –22.1 74 –37.2 104 –52.2
15 –7.5 45 –22.6 75 –37.7 105 –52.7
16 –8 46 –23.1 76 –38.2 106 –53.7
17 –8.5 47 –23.6 77 –38.7 107 –54.2
18 –9 48 –24.1 78 –39.2 108 –55.3
19 –9.5 49 –24.6 79 –39.7 109 –56.7
20 –10 50 –25.1 80 –40.2 110 –58.3
21 –10.5 51 –25.6 81 –40.7 111 –60.2
22 –11 52 –26.1 82 –41.2 112 –62.7
23 –11.5 53 –26.6 83 –41.7 113 –64.3
24 –12 54 –27.1 84 –42.1 114 –66.2
25 –12.5 55 –27.6 85 –42.7 115 –68.7
26 –13 56 –28.1 86 –43.2 116 –72.2
27 –13.5 57 –28.6 87 –43.8 117–127 –78.3
28 –14 58 –29.1 88 –44.3
29 –14.5 59 –29.6 89 –44.8
(1) Mute when D7 = 0 and D6–D0 = 127 (0x7F).

7.3.10.11.3 Class-D Speaker Analog Output Volume Control


For the speaker outputs, the analog volume control has a range from 0 dB to –78 dB in 0.5-dB steps for
most of the useful range plus mute, as seen in Table 7-38. The implementation includes soft-stepping
logic.
Routing the left-channel DAC output signal to the left-channel analog volume control is done by writing to
page 1 / register 35, bit D6. Varying the left-channel analog volume for the mono speaker amplifier is
controlled by writing to page 1 / register 38, bits D6–D0.
Routing the signal from the output of the mono analog volume control to the input of the mono speaker
amplifier is done by writing to page 1 / register 38, bit D7.
The analog volume-control soft-stepping time is based on the setting in page 0 / register 63, bits D1–D0.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 61


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

7.3.10.12 Analog Outputs


Various analog routings are supported for playback. All the options can be conveniently viewed on the
functional block diagram, .

7.3.10.12.1 Headphone Drivers


The TLV320AIC3100 device features a stereo headphone driver (HPL and HPR) that delivers up to 30
mW per channel, at 3.3-V supply voltage, into a 16-Ω load. The headphones are used in a single-ended
configuration where an ac-coupling capacitor (dc-blocking) is connected between the device output pins
and the headphones. The headphone driver also supports 32-Ω and 10-kΩ loads without changing any
control register settings.
The headphone drivers can be configured to optimize the power consumption in the lineout-drive mode by
writing 11 to page 1 / register 44, bits D2–D1.
The output common mode of the headphone and lineout drivers is programmed to 1.35 V, 1.5 V, 1.65 V,
or 1.8 V by setting page 1 / register 31, bits D4–D3. Set the common-mode voltage to ≤ AVDD / 2.
The left headphone driver powers on by writing to page 1 / register 31, bit D7. The right headphone driver
powers on by writing to page 1 / register 31, bit D6. The left-output driver gain is controlled by writing to
page 1 / register 40, bits D6–D3, and it is muted by writing to page 1 / register 40, bit D2. The right-output
driver gain is controlled by writing to page 1 / register 41, bits D6–D3, and it is muted by writing to page 1 /
register 41, bit D2.
The TLV320AIC3100 device has a short-circuit protection feature for the headphone drivers, which is
always enabled to provide protection. The output condition of the headphone driver during short circuit is
programmed by writing to page 1 / register 31, bit D1. If D1 = 0 when a short circuit is detected, the device
limits the maximum current to the load. If D1 = 1 when a short circuit is detected, the device powers down
the output driver. The default condition for headphones is the current-limiting mode. In case of a short
circuit on either channel, the output is disabled and a status flag is provided as read-only bits on page 1 /
register 31, bit D0. If shutdown mode is enabled, then as soon as the short circuit is detected, page 1 /
register 31, bit D7 (for HPL) or page 1 / register 31, bit D6, or both (for HPR) clear automatically. Next, the
device requires a reset to re-enable the output stage. Resetting occurs in two ways. First, the device
master reset can be used, which requires either toggling the RESET pin or using the software reset. If
master reset is used, it resets all of the registers. Second, a dedicated headphone power-stage reset can
also be used to re-enable the output stage, and that keeps all of the other device settings. The headphone
power stage reset occurs by setting page 1 / register 31, bit D7 for HPL and by setting page 1 /
register 31, bit D6 for HPR. If the fault condition has been removed, then the device returns to normal
operation. If the fault is still present, then another shutdown occurs. Repeated resetting (more than three
times) is not recommended, as this could lead to overheating.

7.3.10.12.2 Speaker Drivers


The TLV320AIC3100 device has an integrated class-D mono speaker driver (SPKP / SPKM) capable of
driving a 4-Ω differential load. The speaker driver can be powered directly from the battery supply (2.7 V to
5.5 V) on the SPKVDD pins; however, the voltage (including spike voltage) must be limited below the
absolute maximum voltage of 6 V.
The speaker driver can supply 1 W of power into a 4-Ω differential load with a 3.6-V power supply. The
maximum power available is 2.5 W into a 4-Ω differential load with a 5.5-V power supply. Through the use
of digital mixing, the device can connect one or both digital-audio playback-data channels to either
speaker driver; this also allows digital channel swapping if needed.
The mono class-D speaker driver can be powered on by writing to page 1 / register 32, bit D7. The mono
output driver gain can be controlled by writing to page 1 / register 42, bits D4–D3, and it can be muted by
writing to page 1 / register 42, bit D2.

62 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

The TLV320AIC3100 device has a short-circuit protection feature for the speaker drivers that is always
enabled to provide protection. If the output is shorted, the output stage shuts down on the overcurrent
condition. (Current limiting is not an available option for the higher-current speaker driver output stage.) In
case of a short circuit on either channel, the output is disabled and a status flag is provided as a read-only
bit on page 1 / register 32, bit D0.
If shutdown occurs because of an overcurrent condition, then the device requires a reset to re-enable the
output stage. Resetting occurs in two ways. First, the device master reset can be used, which requires
either toggling the RESET pin or using the software reset. If master reset is used, it resets all of the
registers. Second, a dedicated speaker power-stage reset can be used that keeps all of the other device
settings. The speaker power-stage reset occurs by setting page 1 / register 32, bit D7 The speaker power-
stage reset is done by setting page 1 / register 32, bit D7 for SPKP and SPKM. If the fault condition has
been removed, then the device returns to normal operation. If the fault is still present, then another
shutdown occurs. Repeated resetting (more than three times) is not recommended as this could lead to
overheating.
To minimize battery current leakage, the SPKVDD voltage levels must not be less than the AVDD
voltage level.
The TLV320AIC3100 device has a thermal protection (OTP) feature for the speaker drivers which is
always enabled to provide protection. If the device overheats, then the output stops switching. When the
device cools down, the device resumes switching. An overtemperature status flag is provided as a read-
only bit on page 0 / register 3, bit D1. The OTP feature is for self-protection of the device. If die
temperature can be controlled at the system or board level, then overtemperature does not occur.

7.3.10.13 Audio-Output Stage-Power Configurations


After the device has been configured (following a RESET) and the circuitry has been powered up, the
audio output stage can be powered up and powered down by register control.
These functions soft-start automatically. By using these register controls, it is possible to turn all four
stages on at the same time without turning two of them off.
See Table 7-39 for register control of audio output stage power configurations.

Table 7-39. Audio-Output Stage-Power Configurations


AUDIO OUTPUT PINS DESIRED FUNCTION PAGE 1 / REGISTER, BIT VALUES
Power down HPL driver Page 1 / register 31, bit D7 = 0
HPL
Power up HPL driver Page 1 / register 31, bit D7 = 1
Power down HPR driver Page 1 / register 31, bit D6 = 0
HPR
Power up HPR driver Page 1 / register 31, bit D6 = 1
Power down class-D drivers Page 1 / register 32, bit D7 = 0
SPKP / SPKM
Power up class-D drivers Page 1 / register 32, bit D7 = 1

7.3.11 CLOCK Generation and PLL


The TLV320AIC3100 device supports a wide range of options for generating clocks for the ADC and DAC
sections as well as interface and other control blocks as shown in Figure 7-35. The clocks for the ADC
and DAC require a source reference clock. This clock is provided on a variety of device pins, such as the
MCLK, BCLK, or GPIO1 pins. The source reference clock for the codec is chosen by programming the
CODEC_CLKIN value on page 0 / register 4, bits D1–D0. The CODEC_CLKIN is then routed through
highly-flexible clock dividers shown in Figure 7-35 to generate the various clocks required for the ADC,
DAC, and audio processing sections. In the event that the desired audio clocks cannot be generated from

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 63


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

the reference clocks on MCLK, BCLK, or GPIO1, the TLV320AIC3100 device also provides the option of
using the on-chip PLL which supports a wide range of fractional multiplication values to generate the
required clocks. Starting from CODEC_CLKIN, the TLV320AIC3100 device provides several
programmable clock dividers to help achieve a variety of sampling rates for the ADC, DAC, and clocks for
the audio processing blocks.

BCLK DIN
MCLK GPIO1

PLL_CLKIN

PLL

´ (R ´ J.D)/P
BCLK
MCLK GPIO1
PLL_CLK

CODEC_CLKIN

¸ NDAC NDAC = 1, 2, ..., 127, 128 ¸ NADC NADC = 1, 2, ..., 127, 128

To DAC_PRB
DAC_CLK
Clock Generation
To ADC_PRB
ADC_CLK Clock Generation

¸ MDAC MDAC = 1, 2, ..., 127, 128 ¸ MADC MADC = 1, 2, ..., 127, 128

ADC_MOD_CLK

DAC_MOD_CLK

¸ DOSR DOSR = 1, 2, ..., 1023, 1024 ¸ AOSR AOSR = 1, 2, ..., 1023, 1024

DAC_fS ADC_fS

B0357-05

Figure 7-35. Clock Distribution Tree

CODEC _ CLKIN CODEC _ CLKIN


DAC _ MOD _ CLK = ADC _ MOD _ CLK =
NDAC ´ MDAC NADC ´ MADC

CODEC _ CLKIN CODEC _ CLKIN


DAC _ fS = ADC _ fS =
NDAC ´ MDAC ´ DOSR NADC ´ MADC ´ AOSR (8)

64 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-40. CODEC CLKIN Clock Dividers


DIVIDER BITS
NDAC Page 0 / register 11, bits D6–D0
MDAC Page 0 / register 12, bits D6–D0
DOSR Page 0 / register 13, bits D1–D0 and page 0 / register 14, bits D7–D0
NADC Page 0 / register 18, bits D6–D0
MADC Page 0 / register 19, bits D6–D0
AOSR Page 0 / register 20, bits D7–D0

The DAC modulator is clocked by DAC_MOD_CLK. For proper power-up operation of the DAC channel,
DAC_MOD_CLK must be enabled by configuring the NDAC and MDAC clock dividers (page 0 /
register 11, bit D7 = 1 and page 0 / register 12, bit D7 = 1). When the DAC channel is powered down, the
device internally initiates a power-down sequence for proper shutdown. During this shutdown sequence,
the NDAC and MDAC dividers must not be powered down, or else a proper low-power shutdown may not
take place. The user can read back the power-status flag at page 0 / register 37, bit D7 and page 0 /
register 37, bit D3. When both of the flags indicate power-down, the MDAC divider may be powered down,
followed by the NDAC divider. Note that when the ADC clock dividers are powered down, the ADC clock
is derived from the DAC clocks.
The ADC modulator is clocked by ADC_MOD_CLK. For proper power-up of the ADC channel, these
clocks are enabled by the NADC and MADC clock dividers (page 0 / register 18, bit D7 = 1 and page 0 /
register 19, bit D7 = 1). When the ADC channel is powered down, the device internally initiates a power-
down sequence for proper shutdown. During this shutdown sequence, the NADC and MADC dividers must
not be powered down, or else a proper low-power shutdown may not take place. The user can read back
the power-status flag from page 0 / register 36, bit D6. When this flag indicates power down, the MADC
divider may be powered down, followed by NADC divider.
When ADC_CLK (ADC DSP clock) is derived from the NDAC divider output, the NDAC must be kept
powered up until the power-down status flags for ADC do not indicate power down. When the input to the
AOSR clock divider is derived from DAC_MOD_CLK, then MDAC must be powered up when ADC_fS is
needed (for example, when WCLK is generated by the TLV320AIC3100 device or AGC is enabled) and
can be powered down only after the ADC power-down flags indicate power-down status.
In general, for proper operation, all the root clock dividers must power down only after the child clock
dividers have powered down.
The TLV320AIC3100 device also has options for routing some of the internal clocks to the output pins of
the device to be used as general-purpose clocks in the system. The feature is shown in Figure 7-37.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 65


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

DAC_MOD_CLK ADC_MOD_CLK

DAC_CLK ADC_CLK

BDIV_CLKIN

÷N N = 1, 2, ..., 127, 128

BCLK

Figure 7-36. BCLK Output Options

In the mode when the TLV320AIC3100 device is configured to drive the BCLK pin (page 0 / register 27,
bit D3 = 1), the device is driven as the divided value of BDIV_CLKIN. The division value is programmed in
page 0 / register 30, bits D6–D0 from 1 to 128. The BDIV_CLKIN is configurable to be one of DAC_CLK
(DAC DSP clock), DAC_MOD_CLK, ADC_CLK (ADC DSP clock) or ADC_MOD_CLK by configuring the
BDIV_CLKIN multiplexer in page 0 / register 29, bits D1–D0. Additionally, a general-purpose clock can be
driven out on either GPIO1 or DOUT.
This clock can be a divided-down version of CDIV_CLKIN. The value of this clock divider can be
programmed from 1 to 128 by writing to page 0 / register 26, bits D6–D0. CDIV_CLKIN can also be
programmed as one of the clocks among the list shown in Figure 7-37. This is controlled by programming
the multiplexer in page 0 / register 25, bits D2–D0.

PLL_CLK DAC_MOD_CLK ADC_MOD_CLK

MCLK BCLK DIN DAC_CLK ADC_CLK

CDIV_CLKIN

÷M M = 1, 2, ..., 127, 128

CLKOUT

GPIO1 DOUT

Figure 7-37. General-Purpose Clock Output Options

66 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-41. Maximum TLV320AIC3100 Clock Frequencies


CLOCK DVDD ≥ 1.65 V
CODEC_CLKIN ≤ 110 MHz
ADC_CLK (ADC DSP clock) ≤ 49.152 MHz
ADC_PRB_CLK ≤ 24.576 MHz
ADC_MOD_CLK 6.758 MHz
ADC_fS 0.192 MHz
DAC_CLK (DAC DSP clock) ≤ 49.152 MHz
DAC_PRB_CLK ≤ 49.152 MHz with DRC disabled
≤ 48 MHz with DRC enabled
DAC_MOD_CLK 6.758 MHz
DAC_fS 0.192 MHz
BDIV_CLKIN 55 MHz
CDIV_CLKIN 100 MHz when M is odd
110 MHz when M is even

7.3.11.1 PLL
For lower power consumption, the best process is to derive the internal audio processing clocks using the
simple dividers. When the input MCLK or other source clock is not an integer multiple of the audio
processing clocks then using the on-board PLL is necessary. The TLV320AIC3100 fractional PLL
generates an internal master clock that produces the processing clocks required by the ADC, DAC, and
processing blocks. The programmability of this PLL allows operation from a wide variety of clocks that
may be available in the system.
The PLL input supports clocks varying from 512 kHz to 20 MHz and is register-programmable to enable
generation of the required sampling rates with fine resolution. The PLL turns on by writing to page 0 /
register 5, bit D7. When the PLL is enabled, the PLL output clock, PLL_CLK, is given by Equation 9.
PLL_CLKIN ´ R ´ J.D
PLL_CLK =
P
where
• R = 1, 2, 3, ..., 16 (page 0 / register 5, default value = 1)
• J = 1, 2,3, … , 63, (page 0 / register 6, default value = 4)
• D = 0, 1, 2, …, 9999 (page 0 / register 7 and page 0 / register 8, default value = 0)
• P = 1, 2, 3, …, 8 (page 0 / register 5, default value = 1) (9)

The PLL turns on through page 0 / register 5, bit D7. The variable P is programmed through page 0 /
register 5, bits D6–D4. The variable R is programmed through page 0 / register 5, bits D3–D0. The
variable J is programmed through page 0 / register 6, bits D5–D0. The variable D is 14 bits and is
programmed into two registers. The MSB portion is programmed through page 0 / register 7, bits D5–D0,
and the LSB portion is programmed thrugh page 0 / register 8, bits D7–D0. For proper update of the D-
divider value, page 0 / register 7 must be programmed first, followed immediately by page 0 / register 8.
The new value of D does not take effect unless the write to page 0 / register 8 is complete.
When the PLL is enabled, the following conditions must be satisfied:
• When the PLL is enabled and D = 0, the following conditions must be satisfied for PLL_CLKIN:
PLL _ CLKIN
512 kHz £ £ 20 MHz
P (10)
80 MHz ≤ (PLL_CLKIN × J.D. × R / P) ≤ 110 MHz

4 ≤ R × J ≤ 259
• When the PLL is enabled and D ≠ 0, the following conditions must be satisfied for PLL_CLKIN:

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 67


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

PLL _ CLKIN
10 MHz £ £ 20 MHz
P (11)
80 MHz ≤ PLL_CLKIN × J.D. × R / P ≤ 110 MHz

R=1
The PLL can power up independently from the ADC and DAC blocks, and can also be used as a general-
purpose PLL by routing the PLL output to the GPIO output. After powering up the PLL, PLL_CLK is
available typically after 10 ms.
The clocks for the codec and various signal processing blocks, CODEC_CLKIN, are generated from the
MCLK input, BCLK input, GPIO input, or PLL_CLK (page 0 / register 4, bits D1–D0).
If CODEC_CLKIN is derived from the PLL, then the PLL must be powered up first and powered down last.
Table 7-42 lists several example cases of typical PLL_CLKIN rates and how to program the PLL to
achieve a sample rate fS of either 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz.

Table 7-42. PLL Example Configurations


PLL_CLKIN
PLLP PLLR PLLJ PLLD MADC NADC AOSR MDAC NDAC DOSR
(MHz)
fS = 44.1 kHz
2.8224 1 3 10 0 3 5 128 3 5 128
5.6448 1 3 5 0 3 5 128 3 5 128
12 1 1 7 560 3 5 128 3 5 128
13 1 1 6 3504 2 9 104 6 3 104
16 1 1 5 2920 3 5 128 3 5 128
19.2 1 1 4 4100 3 5 128 3 5 128
48 4 1 7 560 3 5 128 3 5 128
fS = 48 kHz
2.048 1 3 14 0 2 7 128 7 2 128
3.072 1 4 7 0 2 7 128 7 2 128
4.096 1 3 7 0 2 7 128 7 2 128
6.144 1 2 7 0 2 7 128 7 2 128
8.192 1 4 3 0 2 8 128 4 4 128
12 1 1 7 1680 2 7 128 7 2 128
16 1 1 5 3760 2 7 128 7 2 128
19.2 1 1 4 4800 2 7 128 7 2 128
48 4 1 7 1680 2 7 128 7 2 128

7.3.12 Timer
The internal clock runs nominally at 8.2 MHz. This is used for various internal timing intervals, de-bounce
logic, and interrupts. The MCLK divider must be set in such a way that the divider output is approximately
1 MHz for the timers to be closer to the programmed value.

68 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Powered on if
internal oscillator is
selected

Internal
Oscillator ÷8 0

Interval timers Used for de-bounce time for


headset detection logic,
various power up timers and
for generation of interrupts

MCLK Programmable
1
Divider

P3/R16, Bits D6-D0

P3/R16, Bit D7

Figure 7-38. Interval Timer Clock Selection

7.3.13 Digital Audio and Control Interface

7.3.13.1 Digital Audio Interface


Audio data is transferred between the host processor and the TLV320AIC3100 device through the digital
audio data, serial interface, or audio bus. The audio bus on this device is very flexible, including left- or
right-justified data options, support for I2S or PCM protocols, programmable data length options, a TDM
mode for multichannel operation, very flexible master and slave configurability for each bus-clock line, and
the ability to communicate with multiple devices within a system directly.
The audio bus of the TLV320AIC3100 device can be configured for left-justified or right-justified, I2S, DSP,
or TDM modes of operation, where communication with standard telephony PCM interfaces is supported
within the TDM mode. These modes are all MSB-first, with data width programmable as 16, 20, 24, or 32
bits by configuring page 0 / register 27, bits D5–D4. In addition, the word clock and bit clock can be
independently configured in either master or slave mode, for flexible connectivity to a wide variety of
processors. The word clock defines the beginning of a frame, and can be programmed as either a pulse or
a square-wave signal. The frequency of this clock corresponds to the maximum of the selected ADC and
DAC sampling frequencies.
The bit clock is used to clock-in and clock-out the digital audio data across the serial bus. When in master
mode, this signal can be programmed to generate variable clock pulses by controlling the bit-clock divider
in page 0 / register 30 (see Figure 7-35). The number of bit-clock pulses in a frame can require adjustment
to accommodate various word lengths as well as to support the case when multiple TLV320AIC3100s
share the same audio bus.
The TLV320AIC3100 device also includes a feature to offset the position of start-of-data transfer with
respect to the word clock. This offset is controlled in terms of number of bit-clocks and can be
programmed in page 0 / register 28.
The TLV320AIC3100 device also has the feature of inverting the polarity of the bit clock used for
transferring the audio data as compared to the default clock polarity used. This feature can be used
independently of the mode of audio interface chosen. This can be configured through page 0 / register 29,
bit D3.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 69


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

The TLV320AIC3100 device further includes programmability (page 0 / register 27, bit D0) to place the
DOUT line in the high-impedance state during all bit clocks when valid data is not being sent. By
combining this capability with the ability to program at what bit clock in a frame the audio data begins,
time-division multiplexing (TDM) is accomplished, enabling the use of multiple codecs on a single audio
serial data bus. When the audio serial data bus is powered down while configured in master mode, the
pins associated with the interface are put into a high-impedance output condition. Also, DOUT control on
page 0 / register 53, bit D4 allows the bus-keeper feature to be enabled or disabled. When enabled, the
last valid data on DOUT is held (weakly driven) during the non-data time. When disabled, DOUT is placed
in a high-impedance state when page 0 / register 27, bit D0 is enabled (1).
By default, when the word clocks and bit clocks are generated by the TLV320AIC3100 device, these
clocks are active only when the codecs (ADC, DAC or both) are powered up within the device. This is
done to save power. However, it also supports a feature when both the word clocks and bit clocks can be
active even when the codec in the device is powered down. This is useful when using the TDM mode with
multiple codecs on the same bus, or when word clocks or bit clocks are used in the system as general-
purpose clocks.

7.3.13.1.1 Right-Justified Mode


The audio interface of the TLV320AIC3100 can enter the right-justified mode by programming page 0 /
register 27, bits D7–D6 = 10. In right-justified mode, the LSB of the left channel is valid on the rising edge
of the bit clock preceding the falling edge of the word clock. Similarly, the LSB of the right channel is valid
on the rising edge of the bit clock preceding the rising edge of the word clock.

1/fs

WCLK

BCLK

Left Channel Right Channel

DIN/DOUT 0 n-1 n-2 n-3 2 1 0 n-1 n-2 n-3 2 1 0

MSB LSB MSB LSB

Figure 7-39. Timing Diagram for Right-Justified Mode

For the right-justified mode, the number of bit clocks per frame should be greater-than or equal-to twice
the programmed word length of the data.

7.3.13.1.2 Left-Justified Mode


The audio interface of the TLV320AIC3100 can enter the left-justified mode by programming page 0 /
register 27, bits D7–D6 = 11. In left-justified mode, the MSB of the right channel is valid on the rising edge
of the bit clock following the falling edge of the word clock. Similarly, the MSB of the left channel is valid
on the rising edge of the bit clock following the rising edge of the word clock.

70 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

WORD
LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL
CLOCK

BIT
CLOCK

N N N N N N N N N
DATA - - - 3 2 1 0 - - - 3 2 1 0 - - -
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

LD(n) RD(n) LD(n+1)

LD(n) = n'th sample of left channel data RD(n) = n'th sample of right channel data

Figure 7-40. Timing Diagram for Left-Justified Mode

WORD
LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL
CLOCK

BIT
CLOCK

N N N N N N N N N
DATA - - - 3 2 1 0 - - - 3 2 1 0 - - -
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

LD(n) RD(n) LD(n+1)

LD(n) = n'th sample of left channel data RD(n) = n'th sample of right channel data

Figure 7-41. Timing Diagram for Left-Justified Mode With Offset = 1

WORD LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL


CLOCK

BIT
CLOCK

N N N N N N N N N
DATA - - - 3 2 1 0 - - - 3 2 1 0 - - - 3
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

LD(n) RD(n) LD(n+1)

LD(n) = n'th sample of left channel data RD(n) = n'th sample of right channel data

Figure 7-42. Timing Diagram for Left-Justified Mode With Offset = 0 and Inverted Bit Clock

For the left-justified mode, the number of bit clocks per frame should be greater-than or equal-to twice the
programmed word length of the data. Also, the programmed offset value should be less than the number
of bit clocks per frame by at least the programmed word length of the data.

7.3.13.1.3 I2S Mode


The audio interface of the TLV320AIC3100 device enters I2S mode by programming page 0 / register 27,
bits D7–D6 = to 00. In I2S mode, the MSB of the left channel is valid on the second rising edge of the bit
clock after the falling edge of the word clock. Similarly, the MSB of the right channel is valid on the second
rising edge of the bit clock after the rising edge of the word clock.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 71


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

WORD
LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL
CLOCK

BIT
CLOCK

N N N N N N N N N
DATA - - - 3 2 1 0 - - - 3 2 1 0 - - - 3
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

LD(n) RD(n) LD(n+1)

LD(n) = n'th sample of left channel data RD(n) = n'th sample of right channel data

Figure 7-43. Timing Diagram for I2S Mode

WORD
LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL
CLOCK

BIT
CLOCK

DATA N N N
- 5 4 3 2 1 0 - 5 4 3 2 1 0 - 5
1 1 1

LD(n) RD(n) LD (n+1)

LD(n) = n'th sample of left channel data RD(n) = n'th sample of right channel data

2
Figure 7-44. Timing Diagram for I S Mode With Offset = 2

WORD
LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL
CLOCK

BIT
CLOCK

N N N N N N N N N
DATA - - - 3 2 1 0 - - - 3 2 1 0 - - - 3
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

LD(n) RD(n) LD(n+1)

LD(n) = n'th sample of left channel data RD(n) = n'th sample of right channel data

2
Figure 7-45. Timing Diagram for I S Mode With Offset = 0 and Bit Clock Inverted

For I2S mode, the number of bit clocks per channel should be greater-than or equal-to the programmed
word length of the data. Also, the programmed offset value should be less than the number of bit clocks
per frame by at least the programmed word length of the data.
Figure 7-46 shows the timing diagram for I2S mode for the monaural audio ADC.

72 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

T0202-03
n–1

LSB
0
ADC Mono Channel (D1)

1
2
n–1 n–2 n–3

MSB
1/fS

LSB
ADC Mono Channel (D1)

0
1
2
n–1 n–2 n–3

MSB
LSB
0
ADC Mono Channel (D0)

1
2
n–1 n–2 n–3

MSB
1/fS

LSB
ADC Mono Channel (D0)

0
1
2
1 Clock Before MSB

n–1 n–2 n–3

MSB
DOUT
WCLK

BCLK

Figure 7-46. Timing Diagram for I2S Mode for Monaural Audio ADC

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 73


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

7.3.13.1.4 DSP Mode


The audio interface of the TLV320AIC3100 can enter DSP mode by programming page 0 / register 27,
bits D7–D6 = 01. In DSP mode, the falling edge of the word clock starts the data transfer with the left-
channel data first and immediately followed by the right-channel data. Each data bit is valid on the falling
edge of the bit clock.

WORD LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL


CLOCK

BIT
CLOCK

N N N N N N N N N
DATA - - - 3 2 1 0 - - - 3 2 1 0 - - - 3
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

LD(n) RD(n) LD (n+1)

LD(n) = n'th sample of left channel data RD(n) = n'th sample of right channel data

Figure 7-47. Timing Diagram for DSP Mode

WORD LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL


CLOCK

BIT
CLOCK

N N N N N N N N N
DATA - - - 3 2 1 0 - - - 3 2 1 0 - - -
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

LD(n) RD(n) LD(n+1)

LD(n) = n'th sample of left channel data RD(n) = n'th sample of right channel data

Figure 7-48. Timing Diagram for DSP Mode With Offset = 1

WORD
LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL
CLOCK

BIT
CLOCK

N N N N N N N N N
DATA - - - 3 2 1 0 - - - 3 2 1 0 - - - 3
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

LD(n) RD(n) LD(n+1)

Figure 7-49. Timing Diagram for DSP Mode With Offset = 0 and Bit Clock Inverted

For the DSP mode, the number of bit clocks per frame should be greater-than or equal-to twice the
programmed word length of the data. Also, the programmed offset value should be less than the number
of bit clocks per frame by at least the programmed word length of the data.

74 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

7.3.13.2 Primary and Secondary Digital Audio Interface Selection


The audio serial interface on the TLV320AIC3100 has extensive I/O control to allow communication with
two independent processors for audio data. The processors can communicate with the device one at a
time. This feature is enabled by register programming of the various pin selections. Table 7-43 shows the
primary and secondary audio interface selection and registers. Table 7-44 shows the selection criteria for
generating ADC_WCLK. Figure 7-50 is a high-level diagram showing the general signal flow and
multiplexing for the primary and secondary audio interfaces. For detailed information, see Table 7-43,
Table 7-44, and the register definitions in .

Table 7-43. Primary and Secondary Audio Interface Selection


DESIRED PIN POSSIBLE
PAGE 0 REGISTERS COMMENT
FUNCTION PINS
Primary WCLK R27/D2 = 1 Primary WCLK is output from codec
WCLK
(OUT) R33/D5–D4 Select source of primary WCLK (DAC_fs, ADC_fs, or secondary WCLK)
Primary WCLK (IN) WCLK R27/D2 = 0 Primary WCLK is input to codec
Primary BCLK R27/D3 = 1 Primary BCLK is output from codec
BCLK
(OUT) R33/D7 Select source of primary WCLK (internal BCLK or secondary BCLK)
Primary BCLK (IN) BCLK R27/D3 = 0 Primary BCLK is input to codec
Primary DIN (IN) DIN R32/D0 Select DIN to internal interface (0 = primary DIN; 1 = secondary DIN)
R53/D3–D1 = 001 DOUT = primary DOUT for codec interface
Primary DOUT
DOUT Select source for DOUT (0 = DOUT from interface block; 1 = secondary
(OUT) R33/D1
DIN)
R31/D4–D2 = 000 Secondary WCLK obtained from GPIO1 pin
GPIO1 R51/D5–D2 = 1001 GPIO1 = secondary WCLK output
Secondary WCLK R33/D3–D2 Select source of secondary WCLK (DAC_fs, ADC_fs, or primary WCLK)
(OUT) R31/D4–D2 = 011 Secondary WCLK obtained from DOUT pin
DOUT R53/D3–D1 = 111 DOUT = secondary WCLK output
R33/D3–D2 Select source of secondary WCLK (DAC_fs, ADC_fs, or primary WCLK)
Secondary WCLK R31/D4–D2 = 000 Secondary WCLK obtained from GPIO1 pin
GPIO1
(IN) R51/D5–D2 = 0001 GPIO1 enabled as secondary input
R31/D7–D5 = 000 Secondary BCLK obtained from GPIO1 pin
GPIO1 R51/D5–D2 = 1000 GPIO1 = secondary BCLK output
Secondary BCLK R33/D6 Select source of secondary BCLK (primary BCLK or internal BCLK)
(OUT) R31/D7–D5 = 011 Secondary BCLK obtained from DOUT pin
DOUT R53/D3–D1 = 110 DOUT = secondary BCLK output
R33/D6 Select source of secondary BCLK (primary BCLK or internal BCLK)
Secondary BCLK R31/D7–D5 = 000 Secondary BCLK obtained from GPIO1 pin
GPIO1
(IN) R51/D5–D2 = 0001 GPIO1 enabled as secondary input
R31/D1–D0 = 00 Secondary DIN obtained from GPIO1 pin
Secondary DIN (IN) GPIO1
R51/D5–D2 = 0001 GPIO1 enabled as secondary input
R51/D5–D2 = 1011 GPIO1 = secondary DOUT
Secondary DOUT
GPIO1 Select source for secondary DOUT (0 = primary DIN; 1 = DOUT from
(OUT) R33/D0
interface block)

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 75


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-44. Generation of ADC_WCLK


ADC_WCLK POSSIBLE
PAGE 0 REGISTERS COMMENT
DIRECTION PINS
R32/D7–D5 = 000 ADC_WCLK obtained from GPIO1 pin
R51/D5–D2 = 0111 GPIO1 = ADC_WCLK
OUTPUT GPIO1
Select source of Internal ADC_WCLK (0 = DAC_WCLK; 1 =
R32/D1
ADC_WCLK)
R32/D7–D5 = 000 ADC_WCLK obtained from GPIO1 pin
R51/D5–D2 = 0001 GPIO1 enabled as secondary input
INPUT GPIO1
Select source of internal ADC_WCLK (0 = DAC_WCLK; 1 =
R32/D1
ADC_WCLK)

BCLK BCLK
BCLK
BCLK_INT
S_BCLK
S_BCLK

BCLK_OUT

WCLK WCLK
WCLK
S_WCLK DAC_WCLK_INT

S_WCLK
DAC_fS

ADC_fS Audio
DOUT DIN
Digital
WCLK
Serial
ADC_WCLK_INT
DOUT_int Interface
ADC_WCLK
DOUT
DIN
S_DIN
Primary
Audio DIN
Processor DIN_INT

S_DIN
GPIO1 ADC_WCLK

ADC_fS

GPIO1
S_BCLK BCLK
BCLK BCLK2
DOUT

BCLK_OUT
Secondary BCLK_OUT

Audio
Processor DAC_fS
Clock
Generation
GPIO1 WCLK
WCLK2 S_WCLK
WCLK DOUT ADC_fS
DAC_fS

ADC_fS

GPIO1 S_DIN
DOUT

DOUT_int

GPIO1
DIN
(S_DOUT) DIN

Figure 7-50. Audio Serial Interface Multiplexing

76 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

7.3.13.3 Control Interface


The TLV320AIC3100 control interface supports the I2C communication protocol.

7.3.13.3.1 I2C Control Mode


The TLV320AIC3100 supports the I2C control protocol, and responds to the I2C address of 0011 000. I2C
is a two-wire, open-drain interface supporting multiple devices and masters on a single bus. Devices on
the I2C bus only drive the bus lines LOW by connecting them to ground; they never drive the bus lines
HIGH. Instead, the bus wires are pulled HIGH by pullup resistors, so the bus wires are HIGH when no
device is driving them LOW. This way, two devices cannot conflict; if two devices drive the bus
simultaneously, there is no driver contention.
Communication on the I2C bus always takes place between two devices, one acting as the master and the
other acting as the slave. Both masters and slaves can read and write, but slaves can only do so under
the direction of the master. Some I2C devices can act as masters or slaves, but the TLV320AIC3100 can
only act as a slave device.
An I2C bus consists of two lines, SDA and SCL. SDA carries data, and the SCL signal provides the clock.
All data is transmitted across the I2C bus in groups of eight bits. To send a bit on the I2C bus, the SDA line
is driven to the appropriate level while SCL is LOW (a LOW on SDA indicates the bit is zero, while a HIGH
indicates the bit is one).
Once the SDA line has settled, the SCL line is brought HIGH, then LOW. This pulse on the SCL line
clocks the SDA bit into the receiver shift register.
The I2C bus is bidirectional: the SDA line is used both for transmitting and receiving data. When a master
reads from a slave, the slave drives the data line; when a master sends to a slave, the master drives the
data line.
Most of the time the bus is idle, no communication is taking place, and both lines are HIGH. When
communication is taking place, the bus is active. Only master devices can start communication on the bus.
Generally, the data line is only allowed to change state while the clock line is LOW. If the data line
changes state while the clock line is HIGH, it is either a START condition or the counterpart, a STOP
condition. A START condition is when the clock line is HIGH and the data line goes from HIGH to LOW. A
STOP condition is when the clock line is HIGH and the data line goes from LOW to HIGH.
After the master issues a START condition, it sends a byte that selects the slave device for
communication. This byte is called the address byte. Each device on an I2C bus has a unique 7-bit
address to which it responds. (Slaves can also have 10-bit addresses; see the I2C specification for
details.) The master sends an address in the address byte, together with a bit that indicates whether it is
to read from or write to the slave device.
Every byte transmitted on the I2C bus, whether it is address or data, is acknowledged with an
acknowledge bit. When a master has finished sending a byte (eight data bits) to a slave, it stops driving
SDA and waits for the slave to acknowledge the byte. The slave acknowledges the byte by pulling SDA
LOW. The master then sends a clock pulse to clock the acknowledge bit. Similarly, when a master has
finished reading a byte, it pulls SDA LOW to acknowledge this to the slave. It then sends a clock pulse to
clock the bit. (Remember that the master always drives the clock line.)
A not-acknowledge is performed by simply leaving SDA HIGH during an acknowledge cycle. If a device is
not present on the bus, and the master attempts to address the device, the master receives a not-
acknowledge because no device is present at that address to pull the line LOW.
When a master has finished communicating with a slave, it may issue a STOP condition. When a STOP
condition is issued, the bus becomes idle again. A master may also issue another START condition. When
a START condition is issued while the bus is active, it is called a repeated START condition.
The TLV320AIC3100 can also respond to and acknowledge a general call, which consists of the master
issuing a command with a slave address byte of 00h. This feature is disabled by default, but can be
enabled through page 0 / register 34, bit D5.
Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 77
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

SCL

SDA DA(6) DA(0) RA(7) RA(0) D(7) D(0)

Start 7-bit Device Address Write Slave 8-bit Register Address Slave 8-bit Register Data Slave Stop
(M) (M) (M) Ack (M) Ack (M) Ack (M)
(S) (S) (S)

(M) => SDA Controlled by Master


(S) => SDA Controlled by Slave

Figure 7-51. I2C Write

SCL

SDA DA(6) DA(0) RA(7) RA(0) DA(6) DA(0) D(7) D(0)

Start 7-bit Device Address Write Slave 8-bit Register Address Slave Repeat 7-bit Device Address Read Slave 8-bit Register Data Master Stop
(M) (M) (M) Ack (M) Ack Start (M) (M) Ack (S) No Ack (M)
(S) (S) (M) (S) (M)

(M) => SDA Controlled by Master


(S) => SDA Controlled by Slave

Figure 7-52. I2C Read

In the case of an I2C register write, if the master does not issue a STOP condition, then the device enters
auto-increment mode. So in the next eight clocks, the data on SDA is treated as data for the next
incremental register.
Similarly, in the case of an I2C register read, after the device has sent out the 8-bit data from the
addressed register, if the master issues a ACKNOWLEDGE, the slave takes over control of the SDA bus
and transmits for the next eight clocks the data of the next incremental register.

7.4 Register Map

7.4.1 TLV320AIC3100 Register Map


All features on this device are addressed using the I2C bus. All of the writable registers can be read back.
However, some registers contain status information or data, and are only available for reading.
The TLV320AIC3100 device contains several pages of 8-bit registers, and each page can contain up to
128 registers. The register pages are divided up based on functional blocks for this device. Page 0 is the
default home page after RESET. Page control occurs by writing a new page value into register 0 of the
current page.
The control registers for the TLV320AIC3100 device are described in detail as follows. All registers are 8
bits in width, with D7 referring to the most-significant bit of each register, and D0 referring to the least-
significant bit.
Pages 0, 1, 3, 4–5, 8–9, 12–13 are available for use. All other pages and registers are reserved. Do not
read from or write to reserved pages and registers. Also, do not write other than the reset values for the
reserved bits and read-only bits of non-reserved registers; otherwise, device functionality failure can occur.

NOTE
Note that the page and register numbers are shown in decimal format. For use in microcode,
these decimal values may need to be converted to hexadecimal format. For convenience,
the register numbers are shown in both formats, whereas the page numbers are shown only
in decimal format.

78 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-45. Summary of Register Map


PAGE NUMBER DESCRIPTION
Page 0 is the default page on power up. Configuration for serial interface, digital I/O, clocking, ADC, DAC settings, and
0
other circuitry.
1 Configuration for analog PGAs, ADC, DAC, output drivers, volume controls, and other circuitry.
Register 16 controls the MCLK divider that controls the interrupt pulse duration, debounce timing, and detection block
3
clock.
4–5 ADC AGC and filter coefficients
8–9 DAC Buffer A filter and DRC coefficients
12–13 DAC Buffer B filter and DRC coefficients

7.4.2 Registers

7.4.2.1 Control Registers, Page 0 (Default Page): Clock Multipliers, Dividers, Serial Interfaces, Flags,
Interrupts, and GPIOs

Table 7-46. Page 0 / Register 0: Page Control Register


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 0000 0000: Page 0 selected
0000 0001: Page 1 selected
...
1111 1110: Page 254 selected
1111 1111: Page 255 selected

Table 7-47. Page 0 / Register 1: Software Reset


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D1 R/W 0000 000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
D0 R/W 0 0: Don't care
1: Self-clearing software reset for control register

Table 7-48. Page 0 / Register 2: Reserved


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to this register.

Table 7-49. Page 0 / Register 3: OT FLAG


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7-D2 R XXXX XX Reserved. Do not write to these bits.
D1 R 1 0: Overtemperature protection flag (active-low). Valid only if speaker amplifier is powered up
1: Normal operation
D0 R/W X Reserved. Do not write to these bits.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 79


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-50. Page 0 / Register 4: Clock-Gen Muxing (1)


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D4 R/W 0000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
D3–D2 R/W 00 00: PLL_CLKIN = MCLK (device pin)
01: PLL_CLKIN = BCLK (device pin)
10: PLL_CLKIN = GPIO1 (device pin)
11: PLL_CLKIN = DIN (can be used for the system where DAC is not used)
D1–D0 R/W 00 00: CODEC_CLKIN = MCLK (device pin)
01: CODEC_CLKIN = BCLK (device pin)
10: CODEC_CLKIN = GPIO1 (device pin)
11: CODEC_CLKIN = PLL_CLK (generated on-chip)
(1) See Section 7.3.11 for more details on clock generation mutiplexing and dividers.

Table 7-51. Page 0 / Register 5: PLL P and R Values


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: PLL is powered down.
1: PLL is powered up.
D6–D4 R/W 001 000: PLL divider P =8
001: PLL divider P =1
010: PLL divider P =2
...
110: PLL divider P =6
111: PLL divider P =7
D3–D0 R/W 0001 0000: PLL multiplier R = 16
0001: PLL multiplier R = 1
0010: PLL multiplier R = 2
...
1110: PLL multiplier R = 14
1111: PLL multiplier R = 15

Table 7-52. Page 0 / Register 6: PLL J-Value


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D6 R/W 00 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
D5–D0 R/W 00 0100 00 0000: Do not use (reserved)
00 0001: PLL multiplier J = 1
00 0010: PLL multiplier J = 2
...
11 1110: PLL multiplier J = 62
11 1111: PLL multiplier J = 63

Table 7-53. Page 0 / Register 7: PLL D-Value MSB (1)


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D6 R/W 00 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
D5–D0 R/W 00 0000 PLL fractional multiplier D-value MSB bits D[13:8]
(1) Note that this register is updated only when Page 0 / Register 8 is written immediately after Page 0 / Register 7.

Table 7-54. Page 0 / Register 8: PLL D-Value LSB (1)


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 PLL fractional multiplier D-value LSB bits D[7:0]
(1) Note that Page 0 / Register 8 must be written immediately after Page 0 / Register 7.

80 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-55. Page 0 / Register 9 and Page 0 / Register 10: Reserved


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

Table 7-56. Page 0 / Register 11: DAC NDAC_VAL


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: DAC NDAC divider is powered down.
1: DAC NDAC divider is powered up.
D6–D0 R/W 000 0001 000 0000: DAC NDAC divider = 128
000 0001: DAC NDAC divider = 1
000 0010: DAC NDAC divider = 2
...
111 1110: DAC NDAC divider = 126
111 1111: DAC NDAC divider = 127

Table 7-57. Page 0 / Register 12: DAC MDAC_VAL


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: DAC MDAC divider is powered down.
1: DAC MDAC divider is powered up.
D6–D0 R/W 000 0001 000 0000: DAC MDAC divider = 128
000 0001: DAC MDAC divider = 1
000 0010: DAC MDAC divider = 2
...
111 1110: DAC MDAC divider = 126
111 1111: DAC MDAC divider = 127

Table 7-58. Page 0 / Register 13: DAC DOSR_VAL MSB


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D2 R/W 0000 00 Reserved
D1–D0 R/W 00 DAC OSR value DOSR(9:8)

Table 7-59. Page 0 / Register 14: DAC DOSR_VAL LSB (1)


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 1000 0000 DAC OSR Value DOSR (7:0)
0000 0000: DAC OSR (7:0) = 1024 (MSB page 0 / register 13, bits D1–D0 = 00)
0000 0001: DAC OSR (7:0) = 1 (MSB page 0 / register 13, bits D1–D0 = 00)
0000 0010: DAC OSR (7:0) = 2 (MSB page 0 / register 13, bits D1–D0 = 00)
...
1111 1110: DAC OSR (7:0) = 1022 (MSB page 0 / register 13, bits D1–D0 = 11)
1111 1111: DAC OSR (7:0) = 1023 (MSB page 0 / register 13, bits D1–D0 = 11)
(1) DAC OSR must be an integral multiple of the interpolation in the DAC miniDSP engine (specified in register 16). When using PRB
modes, interpolation ratio is 8 while using Filter-A, 4 while using Filter-B and 2 while using Filter-C.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 81


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-60. Page 0 / Register 15: DAC IDAC_VAL (1) (2)


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 1000 0000 0000 0000: Number of instruction for DAC PRB engine, IDAC = 1024
0000 0001: Number of instruction for DAC PRB engine, IDAC = 4
0000 0010: Number of instruction for DAC PRB engine, IDAC = 8
...
1111 1101: Number of instruction for DAC PRB engine, IDAC = 1012
1111 1110: Number of instruction for DAC PRB engine, IDAC = 1016
1111 1111: Number of instruction for DAC PRB engine, IDAC = 1020
(1) IDAC must be an integral multiple of the interpolation in the DAC PRB engine (specified in register 16). When using PRB modes,
interpolation ratio is 8 while using Filter-A, 4 while using Filter-B and 2 while using Filter-C.
(2) The Page 0 / Register 15 programmed value is valid when Page 0 / Register 60, D(4:0) is programmed as 0 0000.

Table 7-61. Page 0 / Register 16: DAC PRB Engine Interpolation


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D4 R/W 0000 Reserved. Do not write to these registers.
D3–D0 (1) R/W 1000 0000: Interpolation ratio in DAC PRB engine = 16
0001: Interpolation ratio in DAC PRB engine = 1
0010: Interpolation ratio in DAC PRB engine = 2
...
1101: Interpolation ratio in DAC PRB engine = 13
1110: Interpolation ratio in DAC PRB engine = 14
1111: Interpolation ratio in DAC PRB engine = 15
(1) The Page 0 / Register 16, D(3:0) programmed value is valid when Page 0 / Register 60, D(4:0) is programmed as 0 0000.

Table 7-62. Page 0 / Register 17: Reserved


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to these registers.

Table 7-63. Page 0 / Register 18: ADC NADC_VAL


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: ADC NADC divider is powered down and ADC_MOD_CLK = DAC_MOD_CLK
1: ADC NADC divider is powered up.
D6–D0 R/W 000 0001 000 0000: ADC NADC divider = 128
000 0001: ADC NADC divider = 1
000 0010: ADC NADC divider = 2
...
111 1110: ADC NADC divider = 126
111 1111: ADC NADC divider = 127

Table 7-64. Page 0 / Register 19: ADC MADC_VAL


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: ADC MADC divider is powered down and ADC_MOD_CLK = DAC_MOD_CLK.
1: ADC MADC divider is powered up.
D6–D0 R/W 000 0001 000 0000: ADC MADC divider = 128
000 0001: ADC MADC divider = 1
000 0010: ADC MADC divider = 2
...
111 1110: ADC MADC divider = 126
111 1111: ADC MADC divider = 127

82 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-65. Page 0 / Register 20: ADC AOSR_VAL (1)


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 1000 0000 ADC Oversampling Value
0000 0000: ADC AOSR = 256
0000 0001-0001 1111: Reserved. Do not use
0010 0000: ADC AOSR = 32 (Use with PRB_R13 to PRB_R18, ADC Filter Type C)
0010 0001-0011 1111: Reserved. Do not use
0100 0000: AOSR = 64 (Use with PRB_R1 to PRB_R12, ADC Filter Type A or B)
0100 0001-0111 1111: Reserved. Do not use
1000 0000: AOSR = 128(Use with PRB_R1 to PRB_R6, ADC Filter Type A)
1000 0001-1111 1111: Reserved. Do not use
(1) ADC OSR must be an integral multiple of the decimation in the ADC PRB engine (specified in register 22). When PRB modes are used,
decimation ratio is 4 while using Filter-A, 2 while using Filter-B and 1 while using Filter-C

Table 7-66. Page 0 / Register 21: ADC IADC_VAL (1) (2)


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 1000 0000 Reserved. Write only default values.
(1) IADC must be an integral multiple of the decimation in the ADC PRB engine (specified in Register 22). When PRB modes are used,
decimation ratio is 4 while using Filter-A, 2 while using Filter-B and 1 while using Filter-C
(2) Page 0 / Register 21 programmed value is valid when Page 0/ Register 61, D(4:0) is programmed as 0 0000.

Table 7-67. Page 0 / Register 22: ADC PRB Engine Decimation


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 1000 0000 Reserved. Write only default values.

Table 7-68. Page 0 / Register 23 and Page 0 / Register 24: Reserved


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to these registers.

Table 7-69. Page 0 / Register 25: CLKOUT MUX


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D3 R/W 0000 0 Reserved
D2–D0 R/W 000 000: CDIV_CLKIN = MCLK (device pin)
001: CDIV_CLKIN = BCLK (device pin)
010: CDIV_CLKIN = DIN (can be used for the systems where DAC is not required)
011: CDIV_CLKIN = PLL_CLK (generated on-chip)
100: CDIV_CLKIN = DAC_CLK (DAC DSP clock - generated on-chip)
101: CDIV_CLKIN = DAC_MOD_CLK (generated on-chip)
110: CDIV_CLKIN = ADC_CLK (ADC DSP clock - generated on-chip)
111: CDIV_CLKIN = ADC_MOD_CLK (generated on-chip)

Table 7-70. Page 0 / Register 26: CLKOUT M_VAL


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: CLKOUT M divider is powered down.
1: CLKOUT M divider is powered up.
D6–D0 R/W 000 0001 000 0000: CLKOUT divider M = 128
000 0001: CLKOUT divider M = 1
000 0010: CLKOUT divider M = 2
...
111 1110: CLKOUT divider M = 126
111 1111: CLKOUT divider M = 127

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 83


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-71. Page 0 / Register 27: Codec Interface Control


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D6 R/W 00 00: Codec interface = I2S
01: Codec Interface = DSP
10: Codec interface = RJF
11: Codec interface = LJF
D5–D4 R/W 00 00: Codec interface word length = 16 bits
01: Codec interface word length = 20 bits
10: Codec interface word length = 24 bits
11: Codec interface word length = 32 bits
D3 R/W 0 0: BCLK is input
1: BCLK is output
D2 R/W 0 0: WCLK is input
1: WCLK is output
D1 R/W 0 Reserved
D0 R/W 0 Driving DOUT to High-Impedance for the Extra BCLK Cycle When Data Is Not Being Transferred
0: Disabled
1: Enabled

Table 7-72. Page 0 / Register 28: Data-Slot Offset Programmability


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 Offset (Measured With Respect to WCLK Rising Edge in DSP Mode)
0000 0000: Offset = 0 BCLKs
0000 0001: Offset = 1 BCLK
0000 0010: Offset = 2 BCLKs
...
1111 1110: Offset = 254 BCLKs
1111 1111: Offset = 255 BCLKs

Table 7-73. Page 0 / Register 29: Codec Interface Control 2


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D6 R/W 00 Reserved
D5 R/W 0 0: DIN-to-DOUT loopback is disabled
1: DIN-to-DOUT loopback is enabled
D4 R/W 0 0: ADC-to-DAC loopback is disabled
1: ADC-to-DAC loopback is enabled
D3 R/W 0 0: BCLK is not inverted (valid for both primary and secondary BCLK)
1: BCLK is inverted (valid for both primary and secondary BCLK)
D2 R/W 0 BCLK and WCLK Active Even With Codec Powered Down (Valid for Both Primary and Secondary BCLK)
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
D1–D0 R/W 00 00: BDIV_CLKIN = DAC_CLK (DAC DSP clock - generated on-chip)
01: BDIV_CLKIN = DAC_MOD_CLK (generated on-chip)
10: BDIV_CLKIN = ADC_CLK (ADC DSP clock - generated on-chip)
11: BDIV_CLKIN = ADC_MOD_CLK (generated on-chip)

Table 7-74. Page 0 / Register 30: BCLK N_VAL


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: BCLK N-divider is powered down.
1: BCLK N-divider is powered up.
D6–D0 R/W 000 0001 000 0000: BCLK divider N = 128
000 0001: BCLK divider N = 1
000 0010: BCLK divider N = 2
...
111 1110: BCLK divider N = 126
111 1111: BCLK divider N = 127

84 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-75. Page 0 / Register 31: Codec Secondary Interface Control 1


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D5 R/W 000 000: Secondary BCLK is obtained from GPIO1 pin.
001: Reserved.
010: Reserved.
011: Secondary BCLK is obtained from DOUT pin.
100: Reserved.
101: Reserved.
110: Reserved.
111: Reserved.
D4–D2 R/W 000 000: Secondary WCLK is obtained from GPIO1 pin.
001: Reserved.
010: Reserved.
011: Secondary WCLK is obtained from DOUT pin.
100: Reserved.
101: Reserved.
110: Reserved.
111: Reserved.
D1–D0 R/W 00 00: Secondary DIN is obtained from the GPIO1 pin.
01: Reserved.
10: Reserved.
11: Reserved.

Table 7-76. Page 0 / Register 32: Codec Secondary Interface Control 2


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D5 R/W 000 000: ADC_WCLK is obtained from GPIO1 pin.
001: Reserved.
010: Reserved.
011: Reserved.
100: Reserved.
101: Reserved.
110: Reserved.
111: Reserved.
D4 R/W 0 Reserved
D3 R/W 0 0: Primary BCLK is fed to codec serial-interface and ClockGen blocks.
1: Secondary BCLK is fed to codec serial-interface and ClockGen blocks.
D2 R/W 0 0: Primary WCLK is fed to codec serial-interface block.
1: Secondary WCLK is fed to codec serial-interface block.
D1 R/W 0 0: ADC_WCLK used in the codec serial-interface block is the same as DAC_WCLK.
1: ADC_WCLK used in the codec serial-interface block = ADC_WCLK.
D0 R/W 0 0: Primary DIN is fed to codec serial-interface block.
1: Secondary DIN is fed to codec serial-interface block.

Table 7-77. Page 0 / Register 33: Codec Secondary Interface Control 3


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: Primary BCLK output = internally generated BCLK clock
1: Primary BCLK output = secondary BCLK
D6 R/W 0 0: Secondary BCLK output = primary BCLK
1: Secondary BCLK output = internally generated BCLK clock
D5–D4 R/W 00 00: Primary WCLK output = internally generated DAC_fS
01: Primary WCLK output = internally generated ADC_fS clock
10: Primary WCLK output = secondary WCLK
11: Reserved
D3–D2 R/W 00 00: Secondary WCLK output = primary WCLK
01: Secondary WCLK output = internally generated DAC_fS clock
10: Secondary WCLK output = internally generated ADC_fS clock
11: Reserved
D1 R/W 0 0: Primary DOUT = DOUT from codec serial-interface block
1: Primary DOUT = secondary DIN

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 85


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-77. Page 0 / Register 33: Codec Secondary Interface Control 3 (continued)
READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D0 R/W 0 0: Secondary DOUT = primary DIN
1: Secondary DOUT = DOUT from codec serial interface block

Table 7-78. Page 0 / Register 34: I2C Bus Condition


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D6 R/W 00 Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.
D5 R/W 0 0: I2C general-call address is ignored.
1: Device accepts I2C general-call address.
D4–D0 R/W 0 0000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

Table 7-79. Page 0 / Register 35: Reserved


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

Table 7-80. Page 0 / Register 36: ADC Flag Register


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R 0 0: ADC PGA applied gain ≠ programmed gain
1: ADC PGA applied gain = programmed gain
D6 R 0 0: ADC powered down
1: ADC powered up
D5 (1) R 0 0: AGC not saturated
1: AGC applied gain = maximum applicable gain by AGC
D4–D0 R/W X XXXX Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
(1) Sticky flag bIt. These is a read-only bit. This bit is automatically cleared once it is read and is set only if the source trigger occurs again.

Table 7-81. Page 0 / Register 37: DAC Flag Register


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R 0 0: Left-channel DAC powered down
1: Left-channel DAC powered up
D6 R X Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
D5 R 0 0: HPL driver powered down
1: HPL driver powered up
D4 R 0 0: Mono class-D driver powered down
1: Mono class-D driver powered up
D3 R 0 0: Right-channel DAC powered down
1: Right-channel DAC powered up
D2 R/W X Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
D1 R 0 0: HPR driver powered down
1: HPR driver powered up
D0 R 0 0: Reserved
1: Reserved

Table 7-82. Page 0 / Register 38: DAC Flag Register


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D5 R/W XXX Reserved. Do not write to these bits.
D4 R 0 0: Left-channel DAC PGA applied gain ≠ programmed gain
1: Left-channel DAC PGA applied gain = programmed gain

86 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-82. Page 0 / Register 38: DAC Flag Register (continued)


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D3–D1 R/W XXX Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
D0 R 0 0: Right-channel DAC PGA applied gain ≠ programmed gain
1: Right-channel DAC PGA applied gain = programmed gain

Table 7-83. Page 0 / Register 39: Overflow Flags


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R 0 Left-Channel DAC Overflow Flag
0: Overflow has not occurred.
1: Overflow has occurred.
D6 R 0 Right-Channel DAC Overflow Flag
0: Overflow has not occurred.
1: Overflow has occurred.
D5 R 0 DAC Barrel Shifter Output Overflow Flag
0: Overflow has not occurred.
1: Overflow has occurred.
D4 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
D3 R 0 Delta-Sigma Mono ADC Overflow Flag
0: Overflow has not occurred.
1: Overflow has occurred.
D2 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
D1 R 0 ADC Barrel Shifter Output Overflow Flag
0: Overflow has not occurred.
1: Overflow has occurred.
D0 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

Table 7-84. Page 0 / Register 40 Through Page 0 / Register 43: Reserved


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

Table 7-85. Page 0 / Register 44: Interrupt Flags—DAC


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R 0 0: No short circuit is detected at HPL / mono class-D driver.
1: Short circuit is detected at HPL / mono class-D driver.
D6 R 0 0: Reserved
1: Reserved
D5 R X 0: No headset button pressed.
1: Headset button pressed.
D4 R X 0: No headset insertion or removal is detected.
1: Headset insertion or removal is detected.
D3 R 0 0: Left DAC signal power is less than or equal to the signal threshold of DRC.
1: Left DAC signal power is above the signal threshold of DRC.
D2 R 0 0: Right DAC signal power is less than or equal to the signal threshold of DRC.
1: Right DAC signal power is above the signal threshold of DRC.
D1-D0 R 0 Reserved.

Table 7-86. Page 0 / Register 45: Interrupt Flags—ADC


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 87


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-86. Page 0 / Register 45: Interrupt Flags—ADC (continued)


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D6 R 0 0: ADC signal power greater than noise threshold for AGC.
1: ADC signal power less than noise threshold for AGC.
D5 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
D4 R X ADC PRB Engine Standard Interrupt Port Output.
0: Read a 0 from standard interrupt-port.
1: Read a 1 from standard interrupt-port.
D3 R X ADC PRB Engine Auxiliary Interrupt Port Output.
0: Read a 0 from auxiliary interrupt-port.
1: Read a 1 from auxiliary interrupt-port.
D2 R 0 0: DC measurement using delta-sigma audio ADC is not available.
1: DC measurement using delta-sigma audio ADC is not available.
D1–D0 R/W 00 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

Table 7-87. Page 0 / Register 46: Interrupt Flags—DAC


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R 0 0: No short circuit detected at HPL / mono class-D driver.
1: Short circuit detected at HPL / mono class-D driver.
D6 R 0 0: Reserved
1: Reserved
D5 R X 0: No headset button pressed.
1: Headset button pressed.
D4 R X 0: Headset removal detected.
1: Headset insertion detected.
D3 R 0 0: Left DAC signal power is below signal threshold of DRC.
1: Left DAC signal power is above signal threshold of DRC.
D2 R 0 0: Right DAC signal power is below signal threshold of DRC.
1: Right DAC signal power is above signal threshold of DRC.
D1 R 0 DAC PRB Engine Standard Interrupt Port Output.
0: Read a 0 from standard interrupt-port.
1: Read a 1 from standard interrupt-port.
D0 R 0 DAC PRB Engine Auxiliary Interrupt Port Output.
0: Read a 0 from auxiliary interrupt-port.
1: Read a 1 from auxiliary interrupt-port.

Table 7-88. Page 0 / Register 47: Interrupt Flags—ADC


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 Reserved
D6 R 0 0: Delta-sigma mono ADC signal power greater than noise threshold for left AGC
1: Delta-sigma mono ADC signal power less than noise threshold for left AGC
D5 R/W 0 Reserved
D4 R X ADC PRB Engine Standard Interrupt Port Output
0: Read a 0 from standard interrupt-port
1: Read a 1 from standard interrupt-port
D3 R X ADC PRB Engine Auxiliary Interrupt Port Output
0: Read a 0 from auxiliary interrupt-port
1: Read a 1 from auxiliary interrupt-port
D2 R 0 0: DC measurement using delta-sigma audio ADC is not available
1: DC measurement using delta-sigma audio ADC is not available
D1–D0 R/W 00 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

88 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-89. Page 0 / Register 48: INT1 Control Register


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: Headset-insertion detect interrupt is not used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
1: Headset-insertion detect interrupt is used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
D6 R/W 0 0: Button-press detect interrupt is not used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
1: Button-press detect interrupt is used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
D5 R/W 0 0: DAC DRC signal-power interrupt is not used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
1: DAC DRC signal-power interrupt is used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
D4 R/W 0 0: ADC AGC noise interrupt is not used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
1: ADC AGC noise interrupt is used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
D3 R/W 0 0: Short-circuit interrupt is not used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
1: Short-circuit interrupt is used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
D2 R/W 0 0: Engine-generated interrupt is not used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
1: Engine-generated interrupt is used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
D1 R/W 0 0: DC measurement using delta-sigma audio ADC data-available interrupt is not used in the generation
of INT1 interrupt
1: DC measurement using delta-sigma audio ADC data-available interrupt is used in the generation of
INT1 interrupt
D0 R/W 0 0: INT1 is only one pulse (active-high) of typical 2-ms duration.
1: INT1 is multiple pulses (active-high) of typical 2-ms duration and 4-ms period, until flag registers 44
and 45 are read by the user.

Table 7-90. Page 0 / Register 49: INT2 Control Register


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: Headset-insertion detect interrupt is not used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
1: Headset-insertion detect interrupt is used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
D6 R/W 0 0: Button-press detect interrupt is not used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
1: Button-press detect interrupt is used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
D5 R/W 0 0: DAC DRC signal-power interrupt is not used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
1: DAC DRC signal-power interrupt is used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
D4 R/W 0 0: ADC AGC noise interrupt is not used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
1: ADC AGC noise interrupt is used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
D3 R/W 0 0: Short-circuit interrupt is not used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
1: Short-circuit interrupt is used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
D2 R/W 0 0: Engine-generated interrupt is not used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
1: Engine-generated interrupt is used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
D1 R/W 0 0: DC measurement using delta-sigma audio ADC data-available interrupt is not used in the generation
of INT2 interrupt
1: DC measurement using delta-sigma audio ADC data-available interrupt is used in the generation of
INT2 interrupt
D0 R/W 0 0: INT2 is only one pulse (active-high) of typical 2-ms duration.
1: INT2 is multiple pulses (active-high) of typical 2-ms duration and 4-ms period, until flag registers 44
and 45 are read by the user.

Table 7-91. Page 0 / Register 50: Reserved


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7-D0 R/W 0000 0000 Reserved. Write only reset values.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 89


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-92. Page 0 / Register 51: GPIO1 In/Out Pin Control


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D6 R/W XX Reserved. Do not write any value other than reset value.
D5–D2 R/W 0000 0000: GPIO1 disabled (input and output buffers powered down)
0001: GPIO1 is in input mode (can be used as secondary BCLK input, secondary WCLK input,
secondary DIN input, ADC_WCLK input, Dig_Mic_In or in ClockGen block).
0010: GPIO1 is used as general-purpose input (GPI).
0011: GPIO1 output = general-purpose output
0100: GPIO1 output = CLKOUT output
0101: GPIO1 output = INT1 output
0110: GPIO1 output = INT2 output
0111: GPIO1 output = ADC_WCLK output for codec interface
1000: GPIO1 output = secondary BCLK output for codec interface
1001: GPIO1 output = secondary WCLK output for codec interface
1010: GPIO1 output = ADC_MOD_CLK output for the digital microphone
1011: GPIO1 output = secondary DOUT for codec interface
1100: Reserved
1101: Reserved
1110: Reserved
1111: Reserved
D1 R X GPIO1 input buffer value
D0 R/W 0 0: GPIO1 general-purpose output value = 0
1: GPIO1 general-purpose output value = 1

Table 7-93. Page 0 / Register 52: Reserved


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write any value other than reset value.

90 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-94. Page 0 / Register 53: DOUT (OUT Pin) Control


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D5 R/W 000 Reserved
D4 R/W 1 0: DOUT bus keeper enabled
1: DOUT bus keeper disabled
D3–D1 R/W 001 000: DOUT disabled (output buffer powered down)
001: DOUT = primary DOUT output for codec interface
010: DOUT = general-purpose output
011: DOUT = CLKOUT output
100: DOUT = INT1 output
101: DOUT = INT2 output
110: DOUT = secondary BCLK output for codec interface
111: DOUT = secondary WCLK output for codec interface
D0 R/W 0 0: DOUT general-purpose output value = 0
1: DOUT general-purpose output value = 1

Table 7-95. Page 0 / Register 54: DIN (IN Pin) Control


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D3 R/W 0000 0 Reserved
D2–D1 R/W 01 00: DIN disabled (input buffer powered down)
01: DIN enabled (can be used as DIN for codec interface, Dig_Mic_In or into ClockGen block)
10: DIN is used as general-purpose input (GPI)
11: Reserved
D0 R X DIN input-buffer value

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 91


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-96. Page 0 / Register 55: Reserved


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 0000 0010 Reserved

Table 7-97. Page 0 / Register 56: Reserved


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 0000 001X Reserved

Table 7-98. Page 0 / Register 57: Reserved


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W Reserved. Write only reset value.

Table 7-99. Page 0 / Register 58: Reserved


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 000X 0000 Reserved. Write only reset value.

Table 7-100. Page 0 / Register 59: Reserved


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

Table 7-101. Page 0 / Register 60: DAC Instruction Set


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D5 R/W 000 Reserved. Write only default value.
D4–D0 R/W 00 0001 0 0000: Reserved. Write only reset value.
0 0001: DAC signal-processing block PRB_P1
0 0010: DAC signal-processing block PRB_P2
0 0011: DAC signal-processing block PRB_P3
0 0100: DAC signal-processing block PRB_P4
...
1 1000: DAC signal-processing block PRB_P24
1 1001: DAC signal-processing block PRB_P25
1 1010–1 1111: Reserved. Do not use.

92 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-102. Page 0 / Register 61: ADC Instruction Set


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D5 R/W 000 Reserved. Write only default values.
D4–D0 R/W 0 0100 0 0000: Reserved. Write only reset value.
0 0001–0 0011: Reserved
0 0100: ADC signal-processing block PRB_R4
0 0101: ADC signal-processing block PRB_R5
0 0110: ADC signal-processing block PRB_R6
0 0111–01001: Reserved
0 1010: ADC signal-processing block PRB_R10
0 1011: ADC signal-processing block PRB_R11
0 1100: ADC signal-processing block PRB_R12
0 1101–0 1111: Reserved
1 0000: ADC signal-processing block PRB_R16
1 0001: ADC signal-processing block PRB_R17
1 0010: ADC signal-processing block PRB_R18
1 0011–1 1111: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.

Table 7-103. Page 0 / Register 62: Programmable Instruction Mode-Control Bits


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 Reserved
D6 R/W 0 ADC PRB engine auxiliary control bit A, which can be used for conditional instructions like JMP
D5 R/W 0 ADC PRB engine auxiliary control bit B, which can be used for conditional instructions like JMP
D4 R/W 0 0: Reset ADC PRB instruction counter at the start of the new frame.
1: Do not reset ADC PRB instruction counter at the start of the new frame.
D3 R/W 0 Reserved
D2 R/W 0 DAC PRB engine auxiliary control bit A, which can be used for conditional instructions like JMP
D1 R/W 0 DAC PRB engine auxiliary control bit B, which can be used for conditional instructions like JMP
D0 R/W 0 0: Reset DAC PRB instruction counter at the start of the new frame.
1: Do not reset DAC PRB instruction counter at the start of the new frame.

Table 7-104. Page 0 / Register 63: DAC Data-Path Setup


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: Left-channel DAC is powered down.
1: Left-channel DAC is powered up.
D6 R/W 0 0: Right-channel DAC is powered down.
1: Right-channel DAC is powered up.
D5–D4 R/W 01 00: Left-channel DAC data path = off
01: Left-channel DAC data path = left data
10: Left-channel DAC data path = right data
11: Left-channel DAC data path = left-channel and right-channel data [(L + R) / 2]
D3–D2 R/W 01 00: Right-channel DAC data path = off
01: Right-channel DAC data path = right data
10: Right-channel DAC data path = left data
11: Right-channel DAC data path = left-channel and right-channel data [(L + R) / 2]
D1–D0 R/W 00 00: DAC-channel volume-control soft-stepping is enabled for one step per sample period.
01: DAC-channel volume-control soft-stepping is enabled for one step per two sample periods.
10: DAC-channel volume-control soft-stepping is disabled.
11: Reserved. Do not write this sequence to these bits.

Table 7-105. Page 0 / Register 64: DAC Volume Control


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D4 R/W 0000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
D3 R/W 1 0: Left-channel DAC not muted
1: Left-channel DAC muted

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 93


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-105. Page 0 / Register 64: DAC Volume Control (continued)


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D2 R/W 1 0: Right-channel DAC not muted
1: Right-channel DAC muted
D1–D0 R/W 00 00: Left and right channels have independent volume control. (1)
01: Left-channel volume control Is the programmed value of right-channel volume control.
10: Right-channel volume control is the programmed value of left-channel volume control.
11: Same as 00
(1) When DRC is enabled, left and right channel volume controls are always independent. Program bits D1–D0 to 00.

Table 7-106. Page 0 / Register 65: DAC Left Volume Control


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 0111 1111–0011 0001: Do not write these sequences to these bits.
0011 0000: Left-channel DAC digital volume = 24 dB
0010 1111: Left-channel DAC digital volume = 23.5 dB
0010 1110: Left-channel DAC digital volume = 23 dB
...
0000 0001: Left-channel DAC digital volume = 0.5 dB
0000 0000: Left-channel DAC digital volume = 0 dB
1111 1111: Left-channel DAC digital volume = –0.5 dB
...
1000 0010: Left-channel DAC digital volume = –63 dB
1000 0001: Left-channel DAC digital volume = –63.5 dB
1000 0000: Reserved. Do not use.

Table 7-107. Page 0 / Register 66: DAC Right Volume Control


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 0111 1111–0011 0001: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.
0011 0000: Right-channel DAC digital volume = 24 dB
0010 1111: Right-channel DAC digital volume = 23.5 dB
0010 1110: Right-channel DAC digital volume = 23 dB
...
0000 0001: Right-channel DAC digital volume = 0.5 dB
0000 0000: Right-channel DAC digital volume = 0 dB
1111 1111: Right-channel DAC digital volume = –0.5 dB
...
1000 0010: Right-channel DAC digital volume = –63 dB
1000 0001: Right-channel DAC digital volume = –63.5 dB
1000 0000: Reserved. Do not use.

Table 7-108. Page 0 / Register 67: Headset Detection


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: Headset detection disabled
1: Headset detection enabled
D6–D5 R XX 00: No headset detected
01: Headset without microphone is detected
10: Reserved
11: Headset with microphone is detected
D4–D2 R/W 000 Debounce Programming for Glitch Rejection During Headset Detection (1)
000: 16 ms (sampled with 2-ms clock)
001: 32 ms (sampled with 4-ms clock)
010: 64 ms (sampled with 8-ms clock)
011: 128 ms (sampled with 16-ms clock)
100: 256 ms (sampled with 32-ms clock)
101: 512 ms (sampled with 64-ms clock)
110: Reserved
111: Reserved

(1) Note that these times are generated using the 1 MHz reference clock which is defined in Page 3 / Register 16.
94 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-108. Page 0 / Register 67: Headset Detection (continued)


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D1–D0 R/W 00 Debounce programming for glitch rejection during headset button-press detection
00: 0 ms
01: 8 ms (sampled with 1-ms clock)
10: 16 ms (sampled with 2-ms clock)
11: 32 ms (sampled with 4-ms clock)

Table 7-109. Page 0 / Register 68: DRC Control 1


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.
D6 R/W 0 0: DRC disabled for left channel
1: DRC enabled for left channel
D5 R/W 0 0: DRC disabled for right channel
1: DRC enabled for right channel
D4–D2 R/W 011 000: DRC threshold = –3 dB
001: DRC threshold = –6 dB
010: DRC threshold = –9 dB
011: DRC threshold = –12 dB
100: DRC threshold = –15 dB
101: DRC threshold = –18 dB
110: DRC threshold = –21 dB
111: DRC threshold = –24 dB
D1–D0 R/W 11 00: DRC hysteresis = 0 dB
01: DRC hysteresis = 1 dB
10: DRC hysteresis = 2 dB
11: DRC hysteresis = 3 dB

Table 7-110. Page 0 / Register 69: DRC Control 2


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D R 0 Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.
D6–D3 R/W 0111 DRC Hold Time
0000: DRC Hold Disabled
0001: DRC Hold Time = 32 DAC Word Clocks
0010: DRC Hold Time = 64 DAC Word Clocks
0011: DRC Hold Time = 128 DAC Word Clocks
0100: DRC Hold Time = 256 DAC Word Clocks
0101: DRC Hold Time = 512 DAC Word Clocks
0110: DRC Hold Time = 1024 DAC Word Clocks
0111: DRC Hold Time = 2048 DAC Word Clocks
1000: DRC Hold Time = 4096 DAC Word Clocks
1001: DRC Hold Time = 8192 DAC Word Clocks
1010: DRC Hold Time = 16 384 DAC Word Clocks
1011: DRC Hold Time = 32 768 DAC Word Clocks
1100: DRC Hold Time = 65 536 DAC Word Clocks
1101: DRC Hold Time = 98 304 DAC Word Clocks
1110: DRC Hold Time = 131 072 DAC Word Clocks
1111: DRC Hold Time = 163 840 DAC Word Clocks
D2-D0 R 000 Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

Table 7-111. Page 0 / Register 70: DRC Control 3


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D4 R/W 0000 0000: DRC attack rate = 4 dB per DAC Word Clock
0001: DRC attack rate = 2 dB per DAC word clock
0010: DRC attack rate = 1 dB per DAC word clock
...
1110: DRC attack rate = 2.4414e–5 dB per DAC word clock
1111: DRC attack rate = 1.2207e–5 dB per DAC word clock

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 95


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-111. Page 0 / Register 70: DRC Control 3 (continued)


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D3–D0 R/W 0000 Decay Rate is defined as DR / 2[bits D3-D0 value] dB per DAC Word Clock, where DR = 0.015625 dB
0000: DRC decay rate (DR) = 0.015625 dB per DAC Word Clock

0001: DRC decay rate = DR / 2 dB per DAC Word Clock


0010: DRC decay rate = DR / 22 dB per DAC Word Clock
0011: DRC decay rate = DR / 23 dB per DAC Word Clock
0100: DRC decay rate = DR / 24 dB per DAC Word Clock
0101: DRC decay rate = DR / 25 dB per DAC Word Clock
0110: DRC decay rate = DR / 26 dB per DAC Word Clock
0111: DRC decay rate = DR / 27 dB per DAC Word Clock
1000: DRC decay rate = DR / 28 dB per DAC Word Clock
1001: DRC decay rate = DR / 29 dB per DAC Word Clock
1010: DRC decay rate = DR / 210 dB per DAC Word Clock
1011: DRC decay rate = DR / 211 dB per DAC Word Clock
1100: DRC decay rate = DR / 212 dB per DAC Word Clock
1101: DRC decay rate = DR / 213 dB per DAC Word Clock
1110: DRC decay rate = DR / 214 dB per DAC Word Clock
1111: DRC decay rate = DR / 215 dB per DAC Word Clock

(1)
Table 7-112. Page 0 / Register 71: Left Beep Generator
READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: Beep generator is disabled.
1: Beep generator is enabled (self-clearing based on beep duration).
D6 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only reset value.
D5–D0 R/W 00 0000 00 0000: Left-channel beep volume control = 2 dB
00 0001: Left-channel beep volume control = 1 dB
00 0010: Left-channel beep volume control = 0 dB
00 0011: Left-channel beep volume control = –1 dB
...
11 1110: Left-channel beep volume control = –60 dB
11 1111: Left-channel beep volume control = –61 dB
(1) The beep generator is only available in PRB_P25 DAC processing mode.

Table 7-113. Page 0 / Register 72: Right Beep Generator (1)


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D6 R/W 00 00: Left and right channels have independent beep volume control.
01: Left-channel beep volume control is the programmed value of right-channel beep volume control.
10: Right-channel beep volume control is the programmed value of left-channel beep volume control.
11: Same as 00
D5–D0 R/W 00 0000 00 0000: Right-channel beep volume control = 2 dB
00 0001: Right-channel beep volume control = 1 dB
00 0010: Right-channel beep volume control = 0 dB
00 0011: Right-channel beep volume control = –1 dB
...
11 1110: Right-channel beep volume control = –60 dB
11 1111: Right-channel beep volume control = –61 dB
(1) The beep generator is only available in PRB_P25 DAC processing mode.

Table 7-114. Page 0 / Register 73: Beep Length MSB


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 8 MSBs out of 24 bits for the number of samples for which the beep must be generated.

96 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-115. Page 0 / Register 74: Beep-Length Middle Bits


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 8 middle bits out of 24 bits for the number of samples for which the beep must be generated.

Table 7-116. Page 0 / Register 75: Beep Length LSB


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 1110 1110 8 LSBs out of 24 bits for the number of samples for which beep must be generated.

Table 7-117. Page 0 / Register 76: Beep Sin(x) MSB


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 0001 0000 8 MSBs out of 16 bits for sin(2π × fin / fS), where fin is the beep frequency and fS is the DAC sample rate.

Table 7-118. Page 0 / Register 77: Beep Sin(x) LSB


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 1101 1000 8 LSBs out of 16 bits for sin(2π × fin / fS), where fin is the beep frequency and fS is the DAC sample rate.

Table 7-119. Page 0 / Register 78: Beep Cos(x) MSB


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 0111 1110 8 MSBs out of 16 bits for cos(2π × fin / fS), where fin is the beep frequency and fS is the DAC sample
rate.

Table 7-120. Page 0 / Register 79: Beep Cos(x) LSB


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 1110 0011 8 LSBs out of 16 bits for cos(2π × fin / fS), where fin is the beep frequency and fS is the DAC sample rate.

Table 7-121. Page 0 / Register 80: Reserved


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

Table 7-122. Page 0 / Register 81: ADC Digital Mic


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: ADC channel is powered down.
1: ADC channel is powered up.
D6 R/W 0 Reserved
D5–D4 R/W 00 00: Digital microphone input is obtained from GPIO1 pin.
01: Reserved.
10: Digital microphone input is obtained from DIN pin.
11: Reserved.
D3 R/W 0 0: Digital microphone is not enabled for delta-sigma mono ADC channel.
1: Digital microphone is enabled for delta-sigma mono ADC channel
D2 R/W 0 Reserved
D1–D0 R/W 00 00: ADC channel volume control soft-stepping is enabled for one step per sample period.
01: ADC channel volume control soft-stepping is enabled for one step per two sample periods.
10: ADC channel volume control soft-stepping is disabled.
11: Reserved. Do not write this sequence to these bits.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 97


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-123. Page 0 / Register 82: ADC Digital Volume Control Fine Adjust
READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 1 0: ADC channel not muted
1: ADC channel muted
Delta-Sigma Mono ADC Channel Volume Control Fine Gain
000: 0 dB
001: –0.1 dB
D6–D4 R/W 000 010: –0.2 dB
011: –0.3 dB
100: –0.4 dB
101–111: Reserved
D3–D0 R/W 0000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

Table 7-124. Page 0 / Register 83: ADC Digital Volume Control Coarse Adjust
READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 Reserved
D6–D0 000 0000 Delta-Sigma Mono ADC Channel Volume-Control Coarse Gain
100 0000–110 0111: Reserved
110 1000: –12 dB
110 1001: –11.5 dB
...
111 1111: –0.5 dB
000 0000: 0 dB
000 0001: 0.5 dB
...
010 0111: 19.5 dB
010 1000: 20 dB
010 1001–011 1111: Reserved

Table 7-125. Page 0 / Register 84 and Page 0 / Register 85: Reserved


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

Table 7-126. Page 0 / Register 86: AGC Control 1


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: AGC disabled
1: AGC enabled
D6–D4 R/W 000 000: AGC target level = –5.5 dB
001: AGC target level = –8 dB
010: AGC target level = –10 dB
011: AGC target level = –12 dB
100: AGC target level = –14 dB
101: AGC target level = –17 dB
110: AGC target level = –20 dB
111: AGC target level = –24 dB
D3–D0 R/W 0000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

Table 7-127. Page 0 / Register 87: AGC Control 2


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D6 R/W 00 00: AGC hysterysis setting of 1 dB
01: AGC hysterysis setting of 2 dB
10: AGC hysterysis setting of 4 dB
11: AGC hysterysis disabled

98 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-127. Page 0 / Register 87: AGC Control 2 (continued)


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D5–D1 R/W 00 000 00 000: AGC noise and silence detection is disabled.
00 001: AGC noise threshold = –30 dB
00 010: AGC noise threshold = –32 dB
00 011: AGC noise threshold = –34 dB
...
11 101: AGC noise threshold = –86 dB
11 110: AGC noise threshold = –88 dB
11 111: AGC noise threshold = –90 dB
D0 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

Table 7-128. Page 0 / Register 88: AGC Maximum Gain


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
D6–D0 R/W 111 1111 000 0000: AGC maximum gain = 0 dB
000 0001: AGC maximum gain = 0.5 dB
000 0010: AGC maximum gain = 1 dB
...
111 0011: AGC maximum gain = 57.5 dB
111 0100: AGC maximum gain = 58 dB
111 0101: AGC maximum gain = 58.5 dB
111 0110: AGC maximum gain = 59 dB
111 0111: AGC maximum gain = 59.5 dB
111 1000–111 1111: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.

Table 7-129. Page 0 / Register 89: AGC Attack Time


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D3 R/W 0000 0 0000 0: AGC attack time = 1 × (32 / fS) where fS is the ADC sample rate
0000 1: AGC attack time = 3 × (32 / fS) where fS is the ADC sample rate
0001 0: AGC attack time = 5 × (32 / fS) where fS is the ADC sample rate
0001 1: AGC attack time = 7 × (32 / fS) where fS is the ADC sample rate
0010 0: AGC attack time = 9 × (32 / fS) where fS is the ADC sample rate
...
1111 0: AGC attack time = 61 × (32 / fS) where fS is the ADC sample rate
1111 1: AGC attack time = 63 × (32 / fS) where fS is the ADC sample rate
D2–D0 R/W 000 000: Multiply factor for the programmed AGC attack time = 1
001: Multiply factor for the programmed AGC attack time = 2
010: Multiply factor for the programmed AGC attack time = 4
...
111: Multiply factor for the programmed AGC attack time = 128

Table 7-130. Page 0 / Register 90: AGC Decay Time


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D3 R/W 0000 0 0000 0: AGC decay time = 1 × (512 / fS)
0000 1: AGC decay time = 3 × (512 / fS)
0001 0: AGC decay time = 5 × (512 / fS)
0001 1: AGC decay time = 7 × (512 / fS)
0010 0: AGC decay time = 9 × (512 / fS)
...
1111 0: AGC decay time = 61 × (512 / fS)
1111 1: AGC decay time = 63 × (512 / fS)
D2–D0 R/W 000 000: Multiply factor for the programmed AGC decay time = 1
001: Multiply factor for the programmed AGC decay time = 2
010: Multiply factor for the programmed AGC decay time = 4
...
111: Multiply factor for the programmed AGC decay time = 128

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 99


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-131. Page 0 / Register 91: AGC Noise Debounce


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D5 R/W 000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
D4–D0 R/W 0 0000 0 0000: AGC noise debounce = 0 / fS
0 0001: AGC noise debounce = 4 / fS
0 0010: AGC noise debounce = 8 / fS
0 0011: AGC noise debounce = 16 / fS
0 0100: AGC noise debounce = 32 / fS
0 0101: AGC noise debounce = 64 / fS
0 0110: AGC noise debounce = 128 / fS
0 0111: AGC noise debounce = 256 / fS
0 1000: AGC noise debounce = 512 / fS
0 1001: AGC noise debounce = 1024 / fS
0 1010: AGC noise debounce = 2048 / fS
0 1011: AGC noise debounce = 4096 / fS
0 1100: AGC noise debounce = 2 × 4096 / fS
0 1101: AGC noise debounce = 3 × 4096 / fS
0 1110: AGC noise debounce = 4 × 4096 / fS
...
1 1110: AGC noise debounce = 20 × 4096 / fS
1 1111: AGC noise debounce = 21 × 4096 / fS

Table 7-132. Page 0 / Register 92: AGC Signal Debounce


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D4 R/W 0000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
D3–D0 R/W 0000 0000: AGC signal debounce = 0 / fS
0001: AGC signal debounce = 4 / fS
0010: AGC signal debounce = 8 / fS
0011: AGC signal debounce = 16 / fS
0100: AGC signal debounce = 32 / fS
0101: AGC signal debounce = 64 / fS
0110: AGC signal debounce = 128 / fS
0111: AGC signal debounce = 256 / fS
1000: AGC signal debounce = 512 / fS
1001: AGC signal debounce = 1024 / fS
1010: AGC signal debounce = 2048 / fS
1011: AGC signal debounce = 2 × 2048 / fS
1100: AGC signal debounce = 3 × 2048 / fS
1101: AGC signal debounce = 4 × 2048 / fS
1110: AGC signal debounce = 5 × 2048 / fS
1111: AGC signal debounce = 6 × 2048 / fS

Table 7-133. Page 0 / Register 93: AGC Gain-Applied Reading


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R XXXX XXXX 1110 1000: Gain applied by AGC = –12 dB
1110 1001: Gain applied by AGC = –11.5 dB
1110 1010: Gain applied by AGC = –11 dB
...
1111 1111: Gain applied by AGC = –0.5 dB
0000 0000: Gain applied by AGC = 0 dB
0000 0001 Gain applied by AGC = 0.5 dB
...
0111 0101: Gain applied by AGC = 58.5 dB
0111 0110: Gain applied by AGC = 59 dB
0111 0111: Gain applied by AGC = 59.5 dB

100 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-134. Page 0 / Register 94 Through Page 0 / Register 101: Reserved


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to these registers.

Table 7-135. Page 0 / Register 102: ADC DC Measurement 1


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: DC measurement is disabled for mono ADC channel
1: DC measurement is enabled for mono ADC channel
D6 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only reset value.
D5 R/W 0 0: DC measurement occurs based on first-order sync filter with averaging of 2D
1: DC measurement occurs based on first-order low-pass IIR filter whose coefficients are calculated
based on D value
D4–D0 R/W 00000 DC Measurement D setting:
00000: Reserved. Don't use.
00001: D = 1
00010: D = 2
...
10011: D = 19
10100: D = 20
10101 to 11111: Reserved. Don't use.

Table 7-136. Page 0 / Register 103: ADC DC Measurement 2


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only reset value.
D6 R/W 0 0: DC measurement data update is enabled.
1: DC measurement data update is disabled. User can read the last updated data without any data
corruption.
D5 R/W 0 0: For IIR based DC measurement, the measurement value is the instantaneous output of the IIR filter
1: For IIR based DC measurement, the measurement value is update before periodic clearing of the IIR
filter
D4–D0 R/W 00000 IIR based DC measurement, average time setting:
00000: Infinite average is used
00001: Averaging time is 21 ADC modulator clock periods
00010: Averaging time is 22 ADC modulator clock periods
...
10011: Averaging time is 219 ADC modulator clock periods
10100: Averaging time is 220 ADC modulator clock periods
10101 to 11111: Reserved. Don't use.

Table 7-137. Page 0 / Register 104: ADC DC Measurement Output 1


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R 0000 0000 ADC DC Measurement Output (23:16)

Table 7-138. Page 0 / Register 105: ADC DC Measurement Output 2


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R 0000 0000 ADC DC Measurement Output (15:8)

Table 7-139. Page 0 / Register 106: ADC DC Measurement Output 3


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R 0000 0000 ADC DC Measurement Output (7:0)

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 101


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-140. Page 0 / Register 107 Through Page 0 / Register 115: Reserved
READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to these registers.

Table 7-141. Page 0 / Register 116: VOL/MICDET-Pin SAR ADC — Volume Control
READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: DAC volume control is controlled by control register. (7-bit Vol ADC is powered down)
1: DAC volume control is controlled by pin.
D6 R/W 0 0: Internal on-chip RC oscillator is used for the 7-bit Vol ADC for pin volume control.
1: MCLK is used for the 7-bit Vol ADC for pin volume control.
D5–D4 R/W 00 00: No hysteresis for volume control ADC output
01: Hysteresis of ±1 bit
10: Hysteresis of ±2 bits
11: Reserved. Do not write this sequence to these bits.
D3 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only reset value.
D2–D0 R/W 000 Throughput of the 7-bit Vol ADC for pin volume control, frequency based on MCLK or internal oscillator.
MCLK = 12 MHz Internal Oscillator Source
000: Throughput = 15.625 Hz 10.68 Hz
001: Throughput = 31.25 Hz 21.35 Hz
010: Throughput = 62.5 Hz 42.71 Hz
011: Throughput = 125 Hz 8.2 Hz
100: Throughput = 250 Hz 170 Hz
101: Throughput = 500 Hz 340 Hz
110: Throughput = 1 kHz 680 Hz
111: Throughput = 2 kHz 1.37 kHz
Note: These values are based on a nominal oscillator
frequency of 8.2 MHz. The values scale to the actual
oscillator frequency.

Table 7-142. Page 0 / Register 117: VOL/MICDET-Pin Gain


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
D6–D0 R XXX XXXX 000 0000: Gain applied by pin volume control = 18 dB
000 0001: Gain applied by pin volume control = 17.5 dB
000 0010: Gain applied by pin volume control = 17 dB
...
010 0011: Gain applied by pin volume control = 0.5 dB
010 0100: Gain applied by pin volume control = 0 dB
010 0101: Gain applied by pin volume control = –0.5 dB
...
101 1001: Gain applied by pin volume control = –26.5 dB
101 1010: Gain applied by pin volume control = –27 dB
101 1011: Gain applied by pin volume control = –28 dB
...
111 1101: Gain applied by pin volume control = –62 dB
111 1110: Gain applied by pin volume control = –63 dB
111 1111: Reserved.

Table 7-143. Page 0 / Register 118 Through Page 0 / Register 127: Reserved
READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to these registers.

102 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

7.4.2.2 Control Registers, Page 1: DAC and ADC Routing, PGA, Power-Controls, and MISC Logic-
Related Programmability

Table 7-144. Page 1 / Register 0: Page Control Register


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 0000 0000: Page 0 selected
0000 0001: Page 1 selected
...
1111 1110: Page 254 selected
1111 1111: Page 255 selected

Table 7-145. Page 1 / Register 1 Through Page 1 / Register 29: Reserved


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to these registers.

Table 7-146. Page 1 / Register 30: Headphone and Speaker Amplifier Error Control
READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D2 R/W 0000 00 Reserved
D1 R/W 0 0: Reset speaker driver power-up control bits on short-circuit detection.
1: Speaker driver power-up control bits remain unchanged on short-circuit detection.
D0 R/W 0 0: Reset HPL and HPR power-up control bits on short-circuit detection if page 1 / register 31, D1 = 1.
1: HPL and HPR power-up control bits remain unchanged on short-circuit detection.

Table 7-147. Page 1 / Register 31: Headphone Drivers


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: HPL output driver is powered down.
1: HPL output driver is powered up.
D6 R/W 0 0: HPR output driver is powered down.
1: HPR output driver is powered up.
D5 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
D4–D3 R/W 0 00: Output common-mode voltage = 1.35 V
01: Output common-mode voltage = 1.5 V
10: Output common-mode voltage = 1.65 V
11: Output common-mode voltage = 1.8 V
D2 R/W 1 Reserved. Write only 1 to this bit.
D1 R/W 0 0: If short-circuit protection is enabled for headphone driver and short circuit detected, device limits the
maximum current to the load.
1: If short-circuit protection is enabled for headphone driver and short circuit detected, device powers
down the output driver.
D0 R 0 0: Short circuit is not detected on the headphone driver.
1: Short circuit is detected on the headphone driver.

Table 7-148. Page 1 / Register 32: Class-D Speaker Amplifier


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: Mono class-D output driver is powered down.
1: Mono class-D output driver is powered up.
D6 R/W 0 0: Reserved
1: Reserved
D5–D1 R/W 00 011 Reserved. Write only the reset value to this bit.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 103


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-148. Page 1 / Register 32: Class-D Speaker Amplifier (continued)


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D0 R 0 0: Short circuit is not detected on the class-D driver. Valid only if class-D amplifier is powered up. For
short-circuit flag sticky bit, see page 0 / register 44.
1: Short circuit is detected on the class-D driver. Valid only if class-D amp is powered-up. For short-
circuit flag sticky bit, see page 0 / register 44.

Table 7-149. Page 1 / Register 33: HP Output Drivers POP Removal Settings
READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: If the power down sequence is activated by device software, power down using page 1 / register 46,
││ bit D7, then power down the DAC simultaneously with the HP and SP amplifiers.
1: If the power down sequence is activated by device software, power down using page 1 / register 46,
││ bit D7, then power down DAC only after HP and SP amplifiers are completely powered down. This is to
││ optimize power-down POP.
D6–D3 R/W 0111 0000: Driver power-on time = 0 μs
0001: Driver power-on time = 15.3 μs
0010: Driver power-on time = 153 μs
0011: Driver power-on time = 1.53 ms
0100: Driver power-on time = 15.3 ms
0101: Driver power-on time = 76.2 ms
0110: Driver power-on time = 153 ms
0111: Driver power-on time = 304 ms
1000: Driver power-on time = 610 ms
1001: Driver power-on time = 1.22 s
1010: Driver power-on time = 3.04 s
1011: Driver power-on time = 6.1 s
1100–1111: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.
Note: These values are based on typical oscillator frequency of 8.2 MHz. Scale according to the actual
oscillator frequency.
D2–D1 R/W 11 00: Driver ramp-up step time = 0 ms
01: Driver ramp-up step time = 0.98 ms
10: Driver ramp-up step time = 1.95 ms
11: Driver ramp-up step time = 3.9 ms
Note: These values are based on typical oscillator frequency of 8.2 MHz. Scale according to the actual
oscillator frequency.
D0 R/W 0 0: Weakly driven output common-mode voltage is generated from resistor divider of the AVDD supply.
1: Reserved

Table 7-150. Page 1 / Register 34: Output Driver PGA Ramp-Down Period Control
READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only the reset value to this bit.
D6–D4 R/W 000 Speaker power-up wait time (duration based on using internal oscillator)
000: Wait time = 0 ms
001: Wait time = 3.04 ms
010: Wait time = 7.62 ms
011: Wait time = 12.2 ms
100: Wait time = 15.3 ms
101: Wait time = 19.8 ms
110: Wait time = 24.4 ms
111: Wait time = 30.5 ms
Note: These values are based on typical oscillator frequency of 8.2 MHz. Scale according to the actual
oscillator frequency.
D3–D0 R/W 0000 Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

104 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-151. Page 1 / Register 35: DAC_L and DAC_R Output Mixer Routing
READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D6 R/W 00 00: DAC_L is not routed anywhere.
01: DAC_L is routed to the left-channel mixer amplifier.
10: DAC_L is routed directly to the HPL driver.
11: Reserved
D5 R/W 0 0: MIC1LP input is not routed to the left-channel mixer amplifier.
1: MIC1LP input is routed to the left-channel mixer amplifier.
D4 0 0: MIC1RP input is not routed to the left-channel mixer amplifier.
1: MIC1RP input is routed to the left-channel mixer amplifier.
D3–D2 R/W 00 00: DAC_R is not routed anywhere.
01: DAC_R is routed to the right-channel mixer amplifier.
10: DAC_R is routed directly to the HPR driver.
11: Reserved
D1 R/W 0 0: MIC1RP input is not routed to the right-channel mixer amplifier.
1: MIC1RP input is routed to the right-channel mixer amplifier.
D0 R/W 0 0: HPL driver output is not routed to the HPR driver.
1: HPL driver output is routed to the HPR driver input (used for differential output mode).

Table 7-152. Page 1 / Register 36: Left Analog Volume to HPL


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: Left-channel analog volume
1: Left-channel analog volume control is routed to HPL output driver.
D6–D0 R/W 111 1111 Left-channel analog volume control gain (non-linear) for the HPL output driver, 0 dB to –78 dB. See
Table 7-38.

Table 7-153. Page 1 / Register 37: Right Analog Volume to HPR


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: Right-channel analog volume control is not routed to HPR output driver.
1: Right-channel analog volume control is routed to HPR output driver.
D6–D0 R/W 111 1111 Right-channel analog volume control gain (non-linear) for the HPR output driver, 0 dB to –78 dB. See
Table 7-38.

Table 7-154. Page 1 / Register 38: Left Analog Volume to SPK


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: Left-channel analog volume control output is not routed to mono class-D output driver
1: Left-channel analog volume control output is routed to mono class-D output driver.
D6–D0 R/W 111 1111 Left-channel analog volume control output gain (non-linear) for the mono class-D output driver, 0 dB to
–78 dB. See Table 7-38.

Table 7-155. Page 1 / Register 39: Reserved


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 0111 1111 Reserved

Table 7-156. Page 1 / Register 40: HPL Driver


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 105


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-156. Page 1 / Register 40: HPL Driver (continued)


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D6–D3 R/W 0000 0000: HPL driver PGA = 0 dB
0001: HPL driver PGA = 1 dB
0010: HPL driver PGA = 2 dB
...
1000: HPL driver PGA = 8 dB
1001: HPL driver PGA = 9 dB
1010–1111: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.
D2 R/W 0 0: HPL driver is muted.
1: HPL driver is not muted.
D1 R/W 1 Reserved
D0 R 0 0: Not all programmed gains to HPL have been applied yet.
1: All programmed gains to HPL have been applied.

Table 7-157. Page 1 / Register 41: HPR Driver


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
D6–D3 R/W 0000 0000: HPR driver PGA = 0 dB
0001: HPR driver PGA = 1 dB
0010: HPR driver PGA = 2 dB
...
1000: HPR driver PGA = 8 dB
1001: HPR driver PGA = 9 dB
1010–1111: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.
D2 R/W 0 0: HPR driver is muted.
1: HPR driver is not muted.
D1 R/W 1 Reserved. Write only '1' to this bit.
D0 R 0 0: Not all programmed gains to HPR have been applied yet.
1: All programmed gains to HPR have been applied.

Table 7-158. Page 1 / Register 42: SPK Driver


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D5 R/W 000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
D4–D3 R/W 00 00: Mono class-D driver output stage gain = 6 dB
01: Mono class-D driver output stage gain = 12 dB
10: Mono class-D driver output stage gain = 18 dB
11: Mono class-D driver output stage gain = 24 dB
D2 R/W 0 0: Mono class-D driver is muted.
1: Mono class-D driver is not muted.
D1 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
D0 R 0 0: Not all programmed gains to the Mono class-D driver have been applied yet.
1: All programmed gains to the Mono class-D driver have been applied.

Table 7-159. Page 1 / Register 43: Reserved


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D5 R/W 000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
D4–D3 R/W 00 00: Reserved
01: Reserved
10: Reserved
11: Reserved
D2 R/W 0 0: Reserved
1: Reserved
D1 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

106 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-159. Page 1 / Register 43: Reserved (continued)


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D0 R 0 0: Reserved
1: Reserved

Table 7-160. Page 1 / Register 44: HP Driver Control


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D5 R/W 000 Debounce time for the headset short-circuit detection
MCLK/DIV (Page 3 /
(1)
register 16) = 1-MHz Internal Oscillator Source
Source
000: Debounce time = 0 μs 0 μs
001: Debounce time = 8 μs 7.8 μs
010: Debounce time = 16 μs 15.6 μs
011: Debounce time = 32 μs 31.2 μs
100: Debounce time = 64 μs 62.4 μs
101: Debounce time = 128 μs 124.9 μs
110: Debounce time = 256 μs 250 μs
111: Debounce time = 512 μs 500 μs
Note: These values are based on a nominal oscillator
frequency of 8.2 MHz. The values scale to the actual
oscillator frequency.
D4–D3 R/W 00 00: Default mode for the DAC
01: DAC performance increased by increasing the current
10: Reserved
11: DAC performance increased further by increasing the current again
D2 R/W 0 0: HPL output driver is programmed as headphone driver.
1: HPL output driver is programmed as lineout driver.
D1 R/W 0 0: HPR output driver is programmed as headphone driver.
1: HPR output driver is programmed as lineout driver.
D0 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
(1) The clock used for the debounce has a clock period = debounce duration / 8.

Table 7-161. Page 1 / Register 45: Reserved


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to these registers.

Table 7-162. Page 1 / Register 46: MICBIAS


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: Device software power down is not enabled.
1: Device software power down is enabled.
D6–D4 R/W 000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
D3 R/W 0 0: Programmed MICBIAS is not powered up if headset detection is enabled but headset is not inserted.
1: Programmed MICBIAS is powered up even if headset is not inserted.
D2 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
D1–D0 R/W 00 00: MICBIAS output is powered down.
01: MICBIAS output is powered to 2 V.
10: MICBIAS output is powered to 2.5 V.
11: MICBIAS output is powered to AVDD.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 107


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-163. Page 1 / Register 47: MIC PGA


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 1 0: MIC PGA is controlled by bits D6–D0.
1: MIC PGA is at 0 dB.
D6–D0 R/W 000 0000 000 0000: PGA = 0 dB
000 0001: PGA = 0.5 dB
000 0010: PGA = 1 dB
...
111 0110: PGA = 59 dB
111 0111: PGA = 59.5 dB
111 1000–111 1111: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.

Table 7-164. Page 1 / Register 48: Delta-Sigma Mono ADC Channel Fine-Gain Input Selection for P-
Terminal
READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D6 R/W 00 00: MIC1LP is not selected for the MIC PGA.
(1)
01: MIC1LP is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 10 kΩ.
10: MIC1LP is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 20 kΩ.
11: MIC1LP is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 40 kΩ.
D5–D4 R/W 00 00: MIC1RP is not selected for the MIC PGA.
01: MIC1RP is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 10 kΩ
10: MIC1RP is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 20 kΩ
11: MIC1RP is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 40 kΩ
D3–D2 R/W 00 00: MIC1LM is not selected for the MIC PGA.
01: MIC1LM is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 10 kΩ
10: MIC1LM is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 20 kΩ
11: MIC1LM is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 40 kΩ
D1–D0 R/W 00 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
(1) Input impedance selection affects the microphone PGA gain. See Section 7.3.9.1 for details.

Table 7-165. Page 1 / Register 49: ADC Input Selection for M-Terminal
READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D6 R/W 00 00: CM is not selected for the MIC PGA.
(1)
01: CM is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 10 kΩ.
10: CM is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 20 kΩ.
11: CM is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 40 kΩ.
D5–D4 00 00: MIC1LM is not selected for the MIC PGA.
01: MIC1LM is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 10 kΩ.
10: MIC1LM is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 20 kΩ.
11: MIC1LM is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 40 kΩ.
D3–D0 R/W 0000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
(1) Input impedance selection affects the microphone PGA gain. See Section 7.3.9.1 for details.

Table 7-166. Page 1 / Register 50: Input CM Settings


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 0 0: MIC1LP input is floating, if it is not used for the MIC PGA and analog bypass.
1: MIC1LP input is connected to CM internally, if it is not used for the MIC PGA and analog bypass.
D6 R/W 0 0: MIC1RP input is floating, if it is not used for the MIC PGA and analog bypass.
1: MIC1RP input is connected to CM internally, if it is not used for the MIC PGA and analog bypass.
D5 R/W 0 0: MIC1LM input is floating, if it is not used for the MIC PGA.
1: MIC1LM input is connected to CM internally, if it is not used for the MIC PGA.
D4–D1 R/W 00 00 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
D0 R 0 0: Not all programmed analog gains to the ADC have been applied yet.
1: All programmed analog gains to the ADC have been applied.

108 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-167. Page 1 / Register 51 Through Page 1 / Register 127: Reserved


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

7.4.2.3 Control Registers, Page 3: MCLK Divider for Programmable Delay Timer
Default values shown for this page only become valid 100 μs following a hardware or software reset.

Table 7-168. Page 3 / Register 0: Page Control Register


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 0000 0000: Page 0 selected
0000 0001: Page 1 selected
...
1111 1110: Page 254 selected
1111 1111: Page 255 selected

The only register used in page 3 is register 16. The remaining page-3 registers are reserved and must not
be written to.

Table 7-169. Page 3 / Register 16: Timer Clock MCLK Divider


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7 R/W 1 0: Internal oscillator is used for programmable delay timer.
1: External MCLK (1) is used for programmable delay timer.
D6–D0 R/W 000 0001 MCLK Divider to Generate 1-MHz Clock for the Programmable Delay Timer
000 0000: MCLK divider = 128
000 0001: MCLK divider = 1
000 0010: MCLK divider = 2
...
111 1110: MCLK divider = 126
111 1111: MCLK divider = 127
(1) External clock is used only to control the delay programmed between the conversions and not used for doing the actual conversion. This
feature is provided in case a more accurate delay is desired because the internal oscillator frequency varies from device to device.

7.4.2.4 Control Registers, Page 4: ADC Digital Filter Coefficients


Default values shown for this page only become valid 100 μs following a hardware or software reset.

Table 7-170. Page 4 / Register 0: Page Control Register


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 0000 0000: Page 0 selected
0000 0001: Page 1 selected
...
1111 1110: Page 254 selected
1111 1111: Page 255 selected

The remaining page-4 registers are either reserved registers or are used for setting coefficients for the
various filters in the TLV320AIC3100. Reserved registers must not be written to.
The filter coefficient registers are arranged in pairs, with two adjacent 8-bit registers containing the 16-bit
coefficient for a single filter. The 16-bit integer contained in the MSB and LSB registers for a coefficient
are interpreted as a 2s-complement integer, with possible values ranging from –32 768 to 32 767. When
programming any coefficient value for a filter, the MSB register must always be written first, immediately
followed by the LSB register. Even if only the MSB or LSB portion of the coefficient changes, both
registers must be written in this sequence. is a list of the page-4 registers, excepting the previously
described register 0.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 109


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-171. Page-4 Registers


REGISTER
RESET VALUE REGISTER NAME
NUMBER
1 XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to this register.
2 0000 0001 8 MSBs of N0 coefficient for AGC LPF (first-order IIR) used as averager to detect level
3 0001 0111 8 LSBs of N0 coefficient for AGC LPF (first-order IIR) used as averager to detect level
4 0000 0001 8 MSBs of N1 coefficient for AGC LPF (first-order IIR) used as averager to detect level
5 0001 0111 8 LSBs of N1 coefficient for AGC LPF (first-order IIR) used as averager to detect level
6 0111 1101 8 MSBs of D1 coefficient for AGC LPF (first-order IIR) used as averager to detect level
7 1101 0011 8 LSBs of D1 coefficient for AGC LPF (first-order IIR) used as averager to detect level
8 0111 1111 8 MSBs of N0 coefficient for ADC-programmable first-order IIR
9 1111 1111 8 LSBs of N0 coefficient for ADC-programmable first-order IIR
10 0000 0000 8 MSBs of N1 coefficient for ADC-programmable first-order IIR
11 0000 0000 8 LSBs of N1 coefficient for ADC-programmable first-order IIR
12 0000 0000 8 MSBs of D1 coefficient for ADC-programmable first-order IIR
13 0000 0000 8 LSBs of D1 coefficient for ADC-programmable first-order IIR
14 0111 1111 Coefficient N0(15:8) for ADC biquad A or coefficient FIR0(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
15 1111 1111 Coefficient N0(7:0) for ADC biquad A or coefficient FIR0(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
16 0000 0000 Coefficient N1(15:8) for ADC biquad A or coefficient FIR1(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
17 0000 0000 Coefficient N1(7:0) for ADC biquad A or coefficient FIR1(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
18 0000 0000 Coefficient N2(15:8) for ADC biquad A or coefficient FIR2(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
19 0000 0000 Coefficient N2(7:0) for ADC biquad A or coefficient FIR2(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
20 0000 0000 Coefficient D1(15:8) for ADC biquad A or coefficient FIR3(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
21 0000 0000 Coefficient D1(7:0) for ADC biquad A or coefficient FIR3(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
22 0000 0000 Coefficient D2(15:8) for ADC biquad A or coefficient FIR4(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
23 0000 0000 Coefficient D2(7:0) for ADC biquad A or coefficient FIR4(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
24 0111 1111 Coefficient N0(15:8) for ADC biquad B or coefficient FIR5(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
25 1111 1111 Coefficient N0(7:0) for ADC biquad B or coefficient FIR5(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
26 0000 0000 Coefficient N1(15:8) for ADC biquad B or coefficient FIR6(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
27 0000 0000 Coefficient N1(7:0) for ADC biquad B or coefficient FIR6(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
28 0000 0000 Coefficient N2(15:8) for ADC biquad B or coefficient FIR7(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
29 0000 0000 Coefficient N2(7:0) for ADC biquad B or coefficient FIR7(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
30 0000 0000 Coefficient D1(15:8) for ADC biquad B or coefficient FIR8(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
31 0000 0000 Coefficient D1(7:0) for ADC biquad B or coefficient FIR8(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
32 0000 0000 Coefficient D2(15:8) for ADC biquad B or coefficient FIR9(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
33 0000 0000 Coefficient D2(7:0) for ADC biquad B or coefficient FIR9(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
34 0111 1111 Coefficient N0(15:8) for ADC biquad C or coefficient FIR10(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
35 1111 1111 Coefficient N0(7:0) for ADC biquad C or coefficient FIR10(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
36 0000 0000 Coefficient N1(15:8) for ADC biquad C or coefficient FIR11(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
37 0000 0000 Coefficient N1(7:0) for ADC biquad C or coefficient FIR11(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
38 0000 0000 Coefficient N2(15:8) for ADC biquad C or coefficient FIR12(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
39 0000 0000 Coefficient N2(7:0) for ADC biquad C or coefficient FIR12(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
40 0000 0000 Coefficient D1(15:8) for ADC biquad C or coefficient FIR13(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
41 0000 0000 Coefficient D1(7:0) for ADC biquad C or coefficient FIR13(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
42 0000 0000 Coefficient D2(15:8) for ADC biquad C or coefficient FIR14(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
43 0000 0000 Coefficient D2(7:0) for ADC biquad C or coefficient FIR14(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
44 0111 1111 Coefficient N0(15:8) for ADC biquad D or coefficient FIR15(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
45 1111 1111 Coefficient N0(7:0) for ADC biquad D or coefficient FIR15(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
46 0000 0000 Coefficient N1(15:8) for ADC biquad D or coefficient FIR16(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
47 0000 0000 Coefficient N1(7:0) for ADC biquad D or coefficient FIR16(7:0) for ADC FIR filter

110 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-171. Page-4 Registers (continued)


REGISTER
RESET VALUE REGISTER NAME
NUMBER
48 0000 0000 Coefficient N2(15:8) for ADC biquad D or coefficient FIR17(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
49 0000 0000 Coefficient N2(7:0) for ADC biquad D or coefficient FIR17(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
50 0000 0000 Coefficient D1(15:8) for ADC biquad D or coefficient FIR18(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
51 0000 0000 Coefficient D1(7:0) for ADC biquad D or coefficient FIR18(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
52 0000 0000 Coefficient D2(15:8) for ADC biquad D or coefficient FIR19(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
53 0000 0000 Coefficient D2(7:0) for ADC biquad D or coefficient FIR19(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
54 0111 1111 Coefficient N0(15:8) for ADC biquad E or coefficient FIR20(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
55 1111 1111 Coefficient N0(7:0) for ADC biquad E or coefficient FIR20(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
56 0000 0000 Coefficient N1(15:8) for ADC biquad E or coefficient FIR21(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
57 0000 0000 Coefficient N1(7:0) for ADC biquad E or coefficient FIR21(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
58 0000 0000 Coefficient N2(15:8) for ADC biquad E or coefficient FIR22(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
59 0000 0000 Coefficient N2(7:0) for ADC biquad E or coefficient FIR22(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
60 0000 0000 Coefficient D1(15:8) for ADC biquad E or coefficient FIR23(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
61 0000 0000 Coefficient D1(7:0) for ADC biquad E or coefficient FIR23(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
62 0000 0000 Coefficient D2(15:8) for ADC biquad E or coefficient FIR24(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
63 0000 0000 Coefficient D2(7:0) for ADC biquad E or coefficient FIR24(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
64-127 0000 0000 Reserved. Write only reset values.

7.4.2.5 Control Registers, Page 8: DAC Digital Filter Coefficients


Default values shown for this page only become valid 100 μs following a hardware or software reset.

Table 7-172. Page 8 / Register 0: Page Control Register


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 0000 0000: Page 0 selected
0000 0001: Page 1 selected
...
1111 1110: Page 254 selected
1111 1111: Page 255 selected

The remaining page-8 registers are either reserved registers or are used for setting coefficients for the
various filters in the TLV320AIC3100. Reserved registers must not be written to.
The filter coefficient registers are arranged in pairs, with two adjacent 8-bit registers containing the 16-bit
coefficient for a single filter. The 16-bit integer contained in the MSB and LSB registers for a coefficient
are interpreted as a 2s-complement integer, with possible values ranging from –32 768 to 32 767. When
programming any coefficient value for a filter, the MSB register must always be written first, immediately
followed by the LSB register. Even if only the MSB or LSB portion of the coefficient changes, both
registers must be written in this sequence. is a list of the page-8 registers, excepting the previously
described register 0.

Table 7-173. Page 8 / Register 1: DAC Coefficient Buffer Control


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D4 R/W 0000 Reserved. Write only the reset value.
D3 R 0 DAC PRB generated flag for toggling MSB of coefficient RAM address (only used in non-adaptive mode)
D2 R/W 0 DAC Adaptive Filtering Control
0: Adaptive filtering disabled in DAC processing blocks
1: Adaptive filtering enabled in DAC processing blocks

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 111


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-173. Page 8 / Register 1: DAC Coefficient Buffer Control (continued)


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D1 R 0 DAC Adaptive Filter Buffer Control Flag
0: In adaptive filter mode, DAC processing blocks accesses DAC coefficient Buffer A and the external
control interface accesses DAC coefficient Buffer B
1: In adaptive filter mode, DAC processing blocks accesses DAC coefficient Buffer B and the external
control interface accesses DAC coefficient Buffer A
D0 R/W 0 DAC Adaptive Filter Buffer Switch Control
0: DAC coefficient buffers are not switched at the next frame boundary.
1: DAC coefficient buffers are switched at the next frame boundary, if adaptive filtering mode is enabled.
This bit self-clears on switching.

Table 7-174. Page-8 DAC Buffer A Registers


REGISTER
RESET VALUE REGISTER NAME
NUMBER
2 (0x02) 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
3 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
4 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
5 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
6 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
7 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
8 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
9 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
10 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
11 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
12 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
13 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
14 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
15 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
16 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
17 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
18 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
19 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
20 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
21 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
22 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
23 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
24 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
25 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
26 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
27 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
28 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C

112 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-174. Page-8 DAC Buffer A Registers (continued)


REGISTER
RESET VALUE REGISTER NAME
NUMBER
29 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
30 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
31 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
32 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
33 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
34 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
35 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
36 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
37 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
38 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
39 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
40 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
41 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
42 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
43 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
44 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
45 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
46 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
47 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
48 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
49 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
50 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
51 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
52 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
53 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
54 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
55 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
56 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
57 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
58 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
59 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
60 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
61 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
62 0000 0000 Reserved
63 0000 0000 Reserved
64 0000 0000 8 MSBs 3D PGA Gain for PRB_P23, PRB_P24 and PRB_P25
65 0000 0000 8 LSBs 3D PGA Gain for PRB_P23, PRB_P24 and PRB_P25
66 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
67 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
68 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
69 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
70 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
71 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
72 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
73 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
74 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
75 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 113


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-174. Page-8 DAC Buffer A Registers (continued)


REGISTER
RESET VALUE REGISTER NAME
NUMBER
76 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
77 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
78 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
79 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
80 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
81 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
82 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
83 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
84 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
85 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
86 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
87 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
88 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
89 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
90 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
91 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
92 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
93 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
94 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
95 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
96 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
97 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
98 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
99 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
100 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
101 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
102 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
103 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
104 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
105 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
106 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
107 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
108 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
109 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
110 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
111 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
112 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
113 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
114 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
115 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
116 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
117 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
118 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
119 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
120 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
121 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
122 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F

114 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-174. Page-8 DAC Buffer A Registers (continued)


REGISTER
RESET VALUE REGISTER NAME
NUMBER
123 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
124 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
125 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
126 0000 0000 Reserved
127 0000 0000 Reserved

7.4.2.6 Control Registers, Page 9: DAC Digital Filter Coefficients


Default values shown for this page only become valid 100 μs following a hardware or software reset.

Table 7-175. Page 9 / Register 0: Page Control Register


READ/ RESET
BIT DESCRIPTION
WRITE VALUE
D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 0000 0000: Page 0 selected
0000 0001: Page 1 selected
...
1111 1110: Page 254 selected
1111 1111: Page 255 selected

The remaining page-9 registers are either reserved registers or are used for setting coefficients for the
various filters in the TLV320AIC3100. Reserved registers must not be written to.
The filter-coefficient registers are arranged in pairs, with two adjacent 8-bit registers containing the 16-bit
coefficient for a single filter. The 16-bit integer contained in the MSB and LSB registers for a coefficient
are interpreted as a 2s-complement integer, with possible values ranging from –32 768 to 32 767. When
programming any coefficient value for a filter, the MSB register must always be written first, immediately
followed by the LSB register. Even if only the MSB or LSB portion of the coefficient changes, both
registers must be written in this sequence. is a list of the page-9 registers, excepting the previously
described register 0.

Table 7-176. Page-9 DAC Buffer A Registers


REGISTER
RESET VALUE REGISTER NAME
NUMBER
1 XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to this register.
2 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
3 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
4 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
5 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
6 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
7 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
8 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
9 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
10 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
11 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
12 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
13 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
14 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
15 1111 0111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
16 1000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
17 0000 1001 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
18 0111 1111 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 115


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-176. Page-9 DAC Buffer A Registers (continued)


REGISTER
RESET VALUE REGISTER NAME
NUMBER
19 1110 1111 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
20 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
21 0001 0001 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
22 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
23 0001 0001 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
24 0111 1111 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
25 1101 1110 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
26-127 0000 0000 Reserved

7.4.2.7 Control Registers, Page 12: DAC Programmable Coefficients Buffer B (1:63)

Table 7-177. Page-12 DAC Buffer B Registers


REGISTER
RESET VALUE REGISTER NAME
NUMBER
1 0000 0000 Reserved. Do not write to this register.
2 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
3 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
4 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
5 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
6 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
7 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
8 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
9 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
10 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
11 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
12 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
13 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
14 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
15 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
16 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
17 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
18 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
19 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
20 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
21 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
22 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
23 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
24 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
25 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
26 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
27 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
28 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
29 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
30 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
31 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
32 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
33 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D

116 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

Table 7-177. Page-12 DAC Buffer B Registers (continued)


REGISTER
RESET VALUE REGISTER NAME
NUMBER
34 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
35 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
36 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
37 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
38 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
39 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
40 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
41 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
42 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
43 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
44 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
45 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
46 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
47 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
48 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
49 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
50 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
51 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
52 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
53 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
54 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
55 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
56 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
57 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
58 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
59 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
60 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
61 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
62 0000 0000 Reserved
63 0000 0000 Reserved
64 0000 0000 8 MSBs 3D PGA Gain for PRB_P23, PRB_P24 and PRB_P25
65 0000 0000 8 LSBs 3D PGA Gain for PRB_P23, PRB_P24 and PRB_P25
66 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
67 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
68 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
69 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
70 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
71 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
72 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
73 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
74 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
75 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
76 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
77 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
78 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
79 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
80 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 117


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

Table 7-177. Page-12 DAC Buffer B Registers (continued)


REGISTER
RESET VALUE REGISTER NAME
NUMBER
81 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
82 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
83 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
84 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
85 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
86 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
87 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
88 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
89 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
90 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
91 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
92 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
93 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
94 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
95 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
96 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
97 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
98 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
99 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
100 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
101 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
102 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
103 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
104 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
105 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
106 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
107 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
108 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
109 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
110 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
111 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
112 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
113 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
114 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
115 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
116 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
117 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
118 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
119 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
120 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
121 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
122 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
123 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
124 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
125 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
126 0000 0000 Reserved
127 0000 0000 Reserved

118 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

7.4.2.8 Control Registers, Page 13: DAC Programmable Coefficients RAM Buffer B (65:127)

Table 7-178. Page-13 DAC Buffer B Registers


REGISTER
RESET VALUE REGISTER NAME
NUMBER
1 0000 0000 Reserved. Do not write to this register.
2 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
3 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
4 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
5 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
6 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
7 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
8 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
9 1111 1111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
10 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
11 0000 0000 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
12 0000 0000 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
13 0000 0000 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
14 0111 1111 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
15 1111 0111 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
16 1000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
17 0000 1001 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
18 0111 1111 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
19 1110 1111 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
20 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
21 0001 0001 8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
22 0000 0000 8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
23 0001 0001 8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
24 0111 1111 8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
25 1101 1110 8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
26–127 0000 0000 Reserved

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 119


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

8 Application and Implementation

NOTE
Information in the following applications sections is not part of the TI component
specification, and TI does not warrant its accuracy or completeness. TI’s customers are
responsible for determining suitability of components for their purposes. Customers should
validate and test their design implementation to confirm system functionality.

8.1 Application Information


This typical connection highlights the required external components and system level connections for
proper operation of the device in several popular use cases.
Each of these configurations can be realized using the Evaluation Modules (EVMs) for the device. These
flexible modules allow full evaluation of the device in the most common modes of operation. Any design
variation can be supported by TI through schematic and layout reviews. Visit http://e2e.ti.com for design
assistance and join the audio amplifier discussion forum for additional information.

8.2 Typical Application


The following application shows the minimal requirements and connections for the TLV320AIC3100
usage. This application shows the usage of a microphone input (MIC1RP), line input (MIC1LP, MIC1LM),
headphone output (HPLOUT, HPROUT) and speaker output (SPKP, SPKM). Additionally, a host
processor is used for I2C control and Data Interface.

120 Application and Implementation Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

SVDD +3.3VA

0.1 mF 22 mF 0.1 mF 22 mF 0.1 mF 10 mF 0.1 mF 10 mF

SPKVDD SPKVDD SPKVSS SPKVSS HPVDD AVDD AVSS HPVSS

4W SPKP
SPKP GPIO1
SPKM
SPKM

SDA
VOL/MICDET
SCL
2.2 kW
MICBIAS

HOST PROCESSOR
0.1 mF
MCLK
MIC1RP
47 mF
HPLOUT
DOUT
Headset 47 mF
HPROUT WCLK

DIN

BCLK

1 mF
Analog_In1 MIC1LP
RESET
1 mF
Analog_In2 MIC1LM

DVDD DVSS IOVDD IOVSS

+1.8VD IOVDD

0.1 mF 10 mF 0.1 mF 10 mF

S0400-07
Copyright © 2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated

Figure 8-1. Typical Circuit Configuration

8.2.1 Design Requirements


For this design example, use the parameters listed in Table 8-1 as the input parameters.

Table 8-1. Design Parameters


DESIGN PARAMETER EXAMPLE VALUE
AVDD 3.3 V
DVDD 1.8 V
HPVDD 3.3 V
IOVDD 3.3 A
Maximum MICBIAS current 4 mA
SPKVDD 5V
Power consumption (record) 9.24 mW (PRB_R5, 48 kHz, AOSR = 128)
Power consumption (playback) 25.62 mW (PRB_P1, 48 kHz, DOSR = 128, stereo headphones)

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Application and Implementation 121


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

8.2.2 Detailed Design Procedure


Using Figure 8-1 as a guide, integrate the hardware into the system.
Following the recommended component placement, schematic layout and routing given in Section 10,
integrate the device and its supporting components into the system PCB file.
Determining sample rate and master clock frequency is required since powering up the device as all
internal timing is derived from the master clock. Refer to Section 7.3.11 to get more information of how to
configure correctly the required clocks for the device.
As the TLV320AIC3100 is designed for low-power applications, when powered up, the device has several
features powered down. A correct routing of the TLV320AIC3100 signals is achieved by a correct setting
of the device registers, powering up the required stages of the device and configuring the internal switches
to follow a desired route.

8.2.3 Application Curves

0 3.5
THD+N − Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise − dB

HPVDD = 2.7 V
−10
CM = 1.35 V
3.0 Micbias = AVDD (3.3 V)
−20

−30 2.5
HPVDD = 3 V Micbias = 2.5 V
V − Voltage − V

−40 CM = 1.5 V 2.0


−50 HPVDD = 3.3 V Micbias = 2 V
CM = 1.65 V
1.5
−60 HPVDD = 3.6 V
CM = 1.8 V
−70 1.0

−80 IOVDD = 3.3 V


DVDD = 1.8 V 0.5
−90 Gain = 9 dB
RL = 16 Ω
−100 0.0
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0
PO − Output Power − W I − Current − mA
G025 G016
Figure 8-2. Headphone Output Power Figure 8-3. MICBIAS

122 Application and Implementation Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

9 Power Supply Recommendations


The TLV320AIC3100 has been designed to be extremely tolerant of power supply sequencing. However,
in some rare cases, unexpected conditions and behaviors can be attributed to power supply sequencing.
It is important to consider that the digital activity must be separated from the analog and speaker activity.
In order to separate the power supplies, the recommended power sequence is:
1. Speaker supplies
2. Digital supplies
3. Analog supplies
First, turn on the speaker supplies. Once they are stabilized, turn on the digital power supplies. Finally,
once the digital power supplies are stabilized, the analog power supplies must be turned on.
Also, TI recommends to add decoupling capacitors close to the power supplies pins (see Section 10 for
details). These capacitors will ensure that the power pins will be stable. Additionally, undesired effects
such pops will be avoided.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Power Supply Recommendations 123


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016 www.ti.com

10 Layout
10.1 Layout Guidelines
PCB design is made considering the application and the review is specific for each system requirements.
However, general considerations can optimize the system performance.
• The TLV320AIC3100 thermal pad must be connected to analog output driver ground using multiple
VIAS to minimize impedance between the device and ground.
• Analog and digital grounds must be separated to prevent possible digital noise form affecting the
analog performance of the board.
• The TLV320AIC3100 requires the decoupling capacitors to be placed as close as possible to the
device power supply terminals.
• If possible, route the differential audio signals differentially on the PCB. This is recommended to get
better noise immunity.

10.2 Layout Example


SPKM

SPKM
SPKP

10.1 μF
SPKVSS
Analog

DVSS
Ground If possible, route
SPKVDD

SPKVDD
22.1 μF

22.1 μF

differential audio

AVDD
Plane signals differentially

SPKVSS AVSS
1 μF
SPKP MIC1LM
47 μF 1 μF
HPL MIC1RP
HPVDD 1 μF
Thermal pad MIC1LP
10.1 μF connected to analog
HPVSS ground plane MICBIAS
47 μF
HPR VOL/MICDET

Join the ground


planes in few
IOVDD
IOVSS

DVDD

points
Digital
10.1 μF

DOUT 10.1 μF

Ground
Place the decoupling
capacitors close to Plane
RESET’

GPIO1

WCLK

MCLK
BCLK

power terminals
SDA

SCL
DIN

System Processor

Via to Digital Ground Layer Power supply

Via to Analog Ground Layer Top Layer Signal Trace

Figure 10-1. Example PCB Layout

124 Layout Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com SLAS667C – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED OCTOBER 2016

11 Device and Documentation Support


11.1 Receiving Notification of Documentation Updates
To receive notification of documentation updates, navigate to the device product folder on ti.com. In the
upper right corner, click on Alert me to register and receive a weekly digest of any product information that
has changed. For change details, review the revision history included in any revised document.

11.2 Community Resources


The following links connect to TI community resources. Linked contents are provided "AS IS" by the
respective contributors. They do not constitute TI specifications and do not necessarily reflect TI's views;
see TI's Terms of Use.
TI E2E™ Online Community TI's Engineer-to-Engineer (E2E) Community. Created to foster
collaboration among engineers. At e2e.ti.com, you can ask questions, share knowledge,
explore ideas and help solve problems with fellow engineers.
Design Support TI's Design Support Quickly find helpful E2E forums along with design support tools
and contact information for technical support.

11.3 Trademarks
E2E is a trademark of Texas Instruments.
MATLAB is a trademark of The MathWorks, Inc.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

11.4 Electrostatic Discharge Caution


This integrated circuit can be damaged by ESD. Texas Instruments recommends that all integrated circuits be handled with
appropriate precautions. Failure to observe proper handling and installation procedures can cause damage.
ESD damage can range from subtle performance degradation to complete device failure. Precision integrated circuits may be more
susceptible to damage because very small parametric changes could cause the device not to meet its published specifications.

11.5 Glossary
TI Glossary This glossary lists and explains terms, acronyms, and definitions.

12 Mechanical Packaging and Orderable Information


12.1 Packaging Information
The following pages include mechanical packaging and orderable information. This information is the most
current data available for the designated devices. This data is subject to change without notice and
revision of this document. For browser-based versions of this data sheet, refer to the left-hand navigation.

Copyright © 2009–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated Mechanical Packaging and Orderable Information 125
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TLV320AIC3100
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM

www.ti.com 12-Oct-2016

PACKAGING INFORMATION

Orderable Device Status Package Type Package Pins Package Eco Plan Lead/Ball Finish MSL Peak Temp Op Temp (°C) Device Marking Samples
(1) Drawing Qty (2) (6) (3) (4/5)

TLV320AIC3100IRHBR ACTIVE VQFN RHB 32 3000 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU Level-2-260C-1 YEAR -40 to 85 AIC3100
& no Sb/Br)
TLV320AIC3100IRHBT ACTIVE VQFN RHB 32 250 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU Level-2-260C-1 YEAR -40 to 85 AIC3100
& no Sb/Br)

(1)
The marketing status values are defined as follows:
ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.
LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.
NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design.
PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.
OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.

(2)
Eco Plan - The planned eco-friendly classification: Pb-Free (RoHS), Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt), or Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br) - please check http://www.ti.com/productcontent for the latest availability
information and additional product content details.
TBD: The Pb-Free/Green conversion plan has not been defined.
Pb-Free (RoHS): TI's terms "Lead-Free" or "Pb-Free" mean semiconductor products that are compatible with the current RoHS requirements for all 6 substances, including the requirement that
lead not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, TI Pb-Free products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes.
Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt): This component has a RoHS exemption for either 1) lead-based flip-chip solder bumps used between the die and package, or 2) lead-based die adhesive used between
the die and leadframe. The component is otherwise considered Pb-Free (RoHS compatible) as defined above.
Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br): TI defines "Green" to mean Pb-Free (RoHS compatible), and free of Bromine (Br) and Antimony (Sb) based flame retardants (Br or Sb do not exceed 0.1% by weight
in homogeneous material)

(3)
MSL, Peak Temp. - The Moisture Sensitivity Level rating according to the JEDEC industry standard classifications, and peak solder temperature.

(4)
There may be additional marking, which relates to the logo, the lot trace code information, or the environmental category on the device.

(5)
Multiple Device Markings will be inside parentheses. Only one Device Marking contained in parentheses and separated by a "~" will appear on a device. If a line is indented then it is a continuation
of the previous line and the two combined represent the entire Device Marking for that device.

(6)
Lead/Ball Finish - Orderable Devices may have multiple material finish options. Finish options are separated by a vertical ruled line. Lead/Ball Finish values may wrap to two lines if the finish
value exceeds the maximum column width.

Important Information and Disclaimer:The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI bases its knowledge and belief on information
provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information. Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and
continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals.
TI and TI suppliers consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release.

Addendum-Page 1
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM

www.ti.com 12-Oct-2016

In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to Customer on an annual basis.

Addendum-Page 2
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION

www.ti.com 12-Oct-2016

TAPE AND REEL INFORMATION

*All dimensions are nominal


Device Package Package Pins SPQ Reel Reel A0 B0 K0 P1 W Pin1
Type Drawing Diameter Width (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Quadrant
(mm) W1 (mm)
TLV320AIC3100IRHBR VQFN RHB 32 3000 330.0 12.4 5.25 5.25 1.1 8.0 12.0 Q2
TLV320AIC3100IRHBR VQFN RHB 32 3000 330.0 12.4 5.3 5.3 1.1 8.0 12.0 Q2
TLV320AIC3100IRHBR VQFN RHB 32 3000 330.0 12.4 5.3 5.3 1.5 8.0 12.0 Q2
TLV320AIC3100IRHBT VQFN RHB 32 250 180.0 12.4 5.3 5.3 1.1 8.0 12.0 Q2
TLV320AIC3100IRHBT VQFN RHB 32 250 180.0 12.5 5.25 5.25 1.1 8.0 12.0 Q2

Pack Materials-Page 1
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION

www.ti.com 12-Oct-2016

*All dimensions are nominal


Device Package Type Package Drawing Pins SPQ Length (mm) Width (mm) Height (mm)
TLV320AIC3100IRHBR VQFN RHB 32 3000 338.0 355.0 50.0
TLV320AIC3100IRHBR VQFN RHB 32 3000 367.0 367.0 35.0
TLV320AIC3100IRHBR VQFN RHB 32 3000 367.0 367.0 35.0
TLV320AIC3100IRHBT VQFN RHB 32 250 210.0 185.0 35.0
TLV320AIC3100IRHBT VQFN RHB 32 250 338.0 355.0 50.0

Pack Materials-Page 2
GENERIC PACKAGE VIEW
RHB 32 VQFN - 1 mm max height
5 x 5, 0.5 mm pitch PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK - NO LEAD

Images above are just a representation of the package family, actual package may vary.
Refer to the product data sheet for package details.

4224745/A

www.ti.com
PACKAGE OUTLINE
RHB0032E SCALE 3.000
VQFN - 1 mm max height
PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK - NO LEAD

5.1 B
A
4.9

PIN 1 INDEX AREA

5.1 (0.1)
4.9

SIDE WALL DETAIL


OPTIONAL METAL THICKNESS
20.000

C
1 MAX

SEATING PLANE
0.05
0.00 0.08 C
2X 3.5
3.45 0.1 (0.2) TYP
9 16 EXPOSED
THERMAL PAD
28X 0.5
8
17 SEE SIDE WALL
DETAIL

2X SYMM
33
3.5

0.3
32X
0.2
24 0.1 C A B
1
0.05 C

32 25
PIN 1 ID SYMM
(OPTIONAL) 0.5
32X
0.3
4223442/B 08/2019

NOTES:

1. All linear dimensions are in millimeters. Any dimensions in parenthesis are for reference only. Dimensioning and tolerancing
per ASME Y14.5M.
2. This drawing is subject to change without notice.
3. The package thermal pad must be soldered to the printed circuit board for thermal and mechanical performance.

www.ti.com
EXAMPLE BOARD LAYOUT
RHB0032E VQFN - 1 mm max height
PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK - NO LEAD

( 3.45)

SYMM
32 25
32X (0.6)

1 24

32X (0.25)

(1.475)
28X (0.5)

33 SYMM

(4.8)
( 0.2) TYP
VIA

8 17

(R0.05)
TYP

9 16
(1.475)

(4.8)

LAND PATTERN EXAMPLE


SCALE:18X

0.07 MAX 0.07 MIN


ALL AROUND ALL AROUND

SOLDER MASK
METAL OPENING

SOLDER MASK METAL UNDER


OPENING SOLDER MASK

NON SOLDER MASK


SOLDER MASK
DEFINED
DEFINED
(PREFERRED)

SOLDER MASK DETAILS


4223442/B 08/2019

NOTES: (continued)

4. This package is designed to be soldered to a thermal pad on the board. For more information, see Texas Instruments literature
number SLUA271 (www.ti.com/lit/slua271).
5. Vias are optional depending on application, refer to device data sheet. If any vias are implemented, refer to their locations shown
on this view. It is recommended that vias under paste be filled, plugged or tented.

www.ti.com
EXAMPLE STENCIL DESIGN
RHB0032E VQFN - 1 mm max height
PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK - NO LEAD

4X ( 1.49)
(R0.05) TYP (0.845)
32 25
32X (0.6)

1 24

32X (0.25)

28X (0.5)
(0.845)
SYMM
33

(4.8)

8 17

METAL
TYP

9 16
SYMM

(4.8)

SOLDER PASTE EXAMPLE


BASED ON 0.125 mm THICK STENCIL

EXPOSED PAD 33:


75% PRINTED SOLDER COVERAGE BY AREA UNDER PACKAGE
SCALE:20X

4223442/B 08/2019

NOTES: (continued)

6. Laser cutting apertures with trapezoidal walls and rounded corners may offer better paste release. IPC-7525 may have alternate
design recommendations.

www.ti.com
IMPORTANT NOTICE AND DISCLAIMER

TI PROVIDES TECHNICAL AND RELIABILITY DATA (INCLUDING DATASHEETS), DESIGN RESOURCES (INCLUDING REFERENCE
DESIGNS), APPLICATION OR OTHER DESIGN ADVICE, WEB TOOLS, SAFETY INFORMATION, AND OTHER RESOURCES “AS IS”
AND WITH ALL FAULTS, AND DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS AND IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD
PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.
These resources are intended for skilled developers designing with TI products. You are solely responsible for (1) selecting the appropriate
TI products for your application, (2) designing, validating and testing your application, and (3) ensuring your application meets applicable
standards, and any other safety, security, or other requirements. These resources are subject to change without notice. TI grants you
permission to use these resources only for development of an application that uses the TI products described in the resource. Other
reproduction and display of these resources is prohibited. No license is granted to any other TI intellectual property right or to any third
party intellectual property right. TI disclaims responsibility for, and you will fully indemnify TI and its representatives against, any claims,
damages, costs, losses, and liabilities arising out of your use of these resources.
TI’s products are provided subject to TI’s Terms of Sale (www.ti.com/legal/termsofsale.html) or other applicable terms available either on
ti.com or provided in conjunction with such TI products. TI’s provision of these resources does not expand or otherwise alter TI’s applicable
warranties or warranty disclaimers for TI products.

Mailing Address: Texas Instruments, Post Office Box 655303, Dallas, Texas 75265
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated

You might also like